Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

The Lord Accepts Prasādam at the House of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya

The following summary of this chapter is given by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya. After the Ratha-yātrā festival, Śrī Advaita Ācārya Prabhu worshiped Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with flowers and tulasī. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, in return, worshiped Advaita Ācārya with the flowers and tulasī that remained on the offered plate and said a mantra, yo ’si so ’si namo ’stu te (“Whatever You are, You are — but I offer My respects unto You”). Then Advaita Ācārya Prabhu invited Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu for prasādam. When Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees performed the Nandotsava ceremony, the Lord dressed Himself as a cowherd boy. Thus the ceremony was very jubilant. Then the Lord and His devotees observed Vijayā-daśamī, the day of victory when Lord Rāmacandra conquered Laṅkā. The devotees all became soldiers of Lord Rāmacandra, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, in the ecstasy of Hanumān, manifested various transcendentally blissful activities. Thereafter, the Lord and His devotees observed various other ceremonies.
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then asked all the devotees to return to Bengal. Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu sent Nityānanda Prabhu to Bengal for preaching and also sent Rāmadāsa, Gadādhara dāsa and several other devotees with Him. Then Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, with great humility, sent some Jagannātha prasādam and a cloth from Lord Jagannātha to His mother through Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura. When the Lord bade farewell to Rāghava Paṇḍita, Vāsudeva Datta, the residents of Kulīna-grāma and other devotees, He praised them for their transcendental qualities. Rāmānanda Vasu and Satyarāja Khān asked some questions, and Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed them that all householder devotees must engage themselves in the service of Vaiṣṇavas exclusively devoted to chanting the holy name of the Lord. He also instructed the Vaiṣṇavas from Khaṇḍa, as well as Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Vidyā-vācaspati, and He praised Murāri Gupta for his firm faith in the lotus feet of Lord Rāmacandra. Considering the humble prayer of Vāsudeva Datta, He established that Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is qualified to deliver all the conditioned souls.
Thereafter, when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was accepting prasādam at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Sārvabhauma’s son-in-law, Amogha, created trouble in the family with his criticisms. The following morning, he was attacked by the disease of visūcikā (cholera). Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu very kindly saved him from death and enlivened him in chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
সার্বভৌমগৃহে ভুঞ্জন্ স্বনিন্দকমমোঘকম্ ।
অঙ্গীকুর্বন্ স্ফুটাং চক্রে গৌরঃ স্বাং ভক্তবশ্যতাম্ ॥ ১ ॥
sārvabhauma-gṛhe bhuñjan
sva-nindakam amoghakam
aṅgī-kurvan sphuṭāṁ cakre
gauraḥ svāṁ bhakta-vaśyatām

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-gṛheat the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; bhuñjanwhile eating; sva-nindakama person who was criticizing Him; amoghakamnamed Amogha; aṅgī-kurvanaccepting; sphuṭāmmanifested; cakremade; gauraḥLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; svāmHis; bhakta-vaśyatāmobligation to His devotees.

Translation

While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was taking prasādam at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Amogha criticized Him. Still, the Lord accepted Amogha, thereby showing how much He was obliged to His devotees.
জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jayaall glories; śrī-caitanyato Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jayaall glories; nityānandaunto Nityānanda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candraall glories to Advaita Prabhu; jayaall glories; gaura-bhakta-vṛndato the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!
জয় শ্রীচৈতন্যচরিতামৃত-শ্রোতাগণ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত — যাঁর প্রাণধন ॥ ৩ ॥
jaya śrī-caitanya-caritāmṛta-srotā-gaṇa
caitanya-caritāmṛta — yāṅra prāṇa-dhana

Synonyms

jayaall glories; śrī-caitanya-caritāmṛta-śrotā-gaṇato the listeners of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta; caitanya-caritāmṛtaCaitanya-caritāmṛta; yāṅraof whom; prāṇa-dhanathe life and soul.

Translation

All glories to the listeners of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta who have accepted it as their life and soul!
এইমত মহাপ্ৰভু ভক্তগণ-সঙ্গে ।
নীলাচলে রহি’ করে নৃত্যগীত-রঙ্গে ॥ ৪ ॥
ei-mata mahāprabhu bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge
nīlācale rahi’ kare nṛtya-gīta-raṅge

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakta-gaṇa-saṅgewith His devotees; nīlācale rahi’staying at Nīlācala, Jagannātha Purī; kareperforms; nṛtya-gīta-raṅgechanting and dancing with great pleasure.

Translation

While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stayed at Jagannātha Purī, He constantly enjoyed chanting and dancing with His devotees.
প্রথমাবসরে জগন্নাথ-দরশন ।
নৃত্যগীত করে দণ্ডপরণাম, স্তবন ॥ ৫ ॥
prathamāvasare jagannātha-daraśana
nṛtya-gīta kare daṇḍa-paraṇāma, stavana

Synonyms

prathama-avasarein the beginning of the day; jagannātha-daraśanaseeing the Deity of Lord Jagannātha; nṛtya-gīta kareperforms chanting and dancing; daṇḍa-paraṇāmaoffering obeisances; stavanaoffering prayers.

Translation

In the beginning of the day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the Deity of Lord Jagannātha in the temple. He offered Him obeisances and prayers and danced and sang before Him.
‘উপলভোগ’ লাগিলে করে বাহিরে বিজয় ।
হরিদাস মিলি’ আইসে আপন নিলয় ॥ ৬ ॥
‘upala-bhoga’ lāgile kare bāhire vijaya
haridāsa mili’ āise āpana nilaya

Synonyms

upala-bhoga lāgilewhen there is an offering of food known as upala-bhoga; kare bāhire vijayaHe remains outside; haridāsa mili’meeting Haridāsa Ṭhākura; āisecomes back; āpana nilayato His residence.

Translation

After visiting the temple, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would remain outside during the upala-bhoga offering. He would then go meet Haridāsa Ṭhākura and return to His residence.

Purport

At noon, when there was an upala-bhoga offering in a place called bhoga-vardhana-khaṇḍa, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would go outside the temple. Before going outside, He used to stand near the Garuḍa-stambha column and offer His obeisances and prayers. Afterwards, the Lord would visit Siddha-bakula, where Haridāsa Ṭhākura lived. After visiting with Haridāsa Ṭhākura, the Lord would return to His own place at the abode of Kāśī Miśra.
ঘরে বসি’ করে প্রভু নাম সঙ্কীর্তন ।
অদ্বৈত আসিয়া করে প্ৰভুর পূজন ॥ ৭ ॥
ghare vasi’ kare prabhu nāma saṅkīrtana
advaita āsiyā kare prabhura pūjana

Synonyms

ghare vasi’sitting in His room; kareperforms; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nāma saṅkīrtanachanting on beads; advaitaAdvaita Ācārya; āsiyācoming; kareperforms; prabhura pūjanaworship of the Lord.

Translation

Sitting in His room, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would chant on His beads, and Advaita Prabhu would come there to worship the Lord.
সুগন্ধি-সলিলে দেন পাদ্য, আচমন ।
সর্বাঙ্গে লেপয়ে প্রভুর সুগন্ধি চন্দন ॥ ৮ ॥
sugandhi-salile dena pādya, ācamana
sarvāṅge lepaye prabhura sugandhi candana

Synonyms

su-gandhi-salilewith scented water; denaoffers; pādyawater for washing the feet; ācamanawashing the mouth; sarva-aṅgeall over the body; lepayesmears; prabhuraof the Lord; su-gandhi candanafragrant sandalwood pulp.

Translation

While worshiping Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Advaita Ācārya would offer Him scented water to wash His mouth and feet. Then Advaita Ācārya would smear very fragrant sandalwood pulp all over His body.
গলে মালা দেন, মাথায় তুলসী-মঞ্জরী ।
যোড়-হাতে স্তুতি করে পদে নমস্করি’ ॥ ৯ ॥
gale mālā dena, māthāya tulasī-mañjarī
yoḍa-hāte stuti kare pade namaskari’

Synonyms

galeon the neck; mālāgarland; denaoffers; māthāyaon the head; tulasī-mañjarīflowers of tulasī; yoḍa-hātewith folded hands; stuti kareoffers prayers; padeunto the lotus feet; namaskari’offering obeisances.

Translation

Śrī Advaita Prabhu would also place a flower garland around the Lord’s neck and tulasī flowers [mañjarīs] on His head. Then, with folded hands, Advaita Ācārya would offer obeisances and prayers unto the Lord.
পূজা-পাত্রে পুষ্প-তুলসী শেষ যে আছিল ।
সেই সব লঞা প্রভু আচার্যে পূজিল ॥ ১০ ॥
pūjā-pātre puṣpa-tulasī śeṣa ye āchila
sei saba lañā prabhu ācārye pūjila

Synonyms

pūjā-pātreon the dish that holds flowers and tulasī; puṣpa-tulasīflowers and tulasī; śeṣaremaining; ye āchilawhatever there were; sei sabaall of them; lañātaking; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ācārye pūjilaworshiped Advaita Ācārya.

Translation

After being worshiped by Advaita Ācārya, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would take the dish containing flowers and tulasī and, with whatever paraphernalia remained, worship Advaita Ācārya.
“যোঽসি সোঽসি নমোঽস্তু তে” এই মন্ত্র পড়ে ।
মুখবাদ্য করি’ প্রভু হাসায় আচার্যেরে ॥ ১১ ॥
“yo ’si so ’si namo ’stu te” ei mantra paḍe
mukha-vādya kari’ prabhu hāsāya ācāryere

Synonyms

yaḥ asiwhatever You are; saḥ asiso You are; namaḥ astu teI offer My respects unto You; ei mantra paḍechants this mantra; mukha-vādya kari’making a sound within the mouth; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hāsāyacauses to laugh; ācāryereAdvaita Ācārya.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would worship Advaita Ācārya by chanting the mantra “Whatever You are, You are — but I offer My respects unto You.” In addition, the Lord would make some sounds within His mouth that would make Advaita Ācārya laugh.
এইমত অন্যোন্যে করেন নমস্কার ।
প্রভুরে নিমন্ত্রণ করে আচার্য বার বার ॥ ১২ ॥
ei-mata anyonye karena namaskāra
prabhure nimantraṇa kare ācārya bāra bāra

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; anyonyeto one another; karenaoffer; namaskāraobeisances; prabhureunto Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇainvitation; karedoes; ācāryaAdvaita Ācārya; bāra bāraagain and again.

Translation

In this way Advaita Ācārya and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would offer Their respectful obeisances unto each other. Then Advaita Ācārya would extend an invitation to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again and again.
আচার্যের নিমন্ত্রণ — আশ্চর্য-কথন ।
বিস্তারি’ বর্ণিয়াছেন দাস-বৃন্দাবন ॥ ১৩ ॥
ācāryera nimantraṇa — āścarya-kathana
vistāri’ varṇiyāchena dāsa-vṛndāvana

Synonyms

ācāryera nimantraṇathe invitation of Advaita Ācārya; āścarya-kathanawonderful story; vistāri’very vividly; varṇiyāchenadescribed; dāsa-vṛndāvanaVṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura.

Translation

Indeed, Śrī Advaita Ācārya’s invitation is another wonderful story. It has been very vividly described by Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura.
পুনরুক্তি হয়, তাহা না কৈলুঁ বর্ণন ।
আর ভক্তগণ করে প্রভুরে নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১৪ ॥
punarukti haya, tāhā nā kailuṅ varṇana
āra bhakta-gaṇa kare prabhure nimantraṇa

Synonyms

punaḥ-uktirepetition; hayathere is; tāhāthat; not; kailuṅI have done; varṇanadescription; āra bhakta-gaṇaother devotees; karedo; prabhureunto Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇainvitation.

Translation

Since Advaita Ācārya’s invitation has been described by Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura, I shall not repeat the story. But I shall say that other devotees also extended invitations to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
এক এক দিন এক এক ভক্তগৃহে মহোত্সব ।
প্ৰভু-সঙ্গে তাহাঁ ভোজন করে ভক্ত সব ॥ ১৫ ॥
eka eka dina eka eka bhakta-gṛhe mahotsava
prabhu-saṅge tāhāṅ bhojana kare bhakta saba

Synonyms

eka eka dinaeach and every day; eka eka bhakta-gṛhein the house of one devotee after another; mahotsavafestival; prabhu-saṅgewith Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāhāṅthere; bhojanalunch; kareaccept; bhaktadevotees; sabaall.

Translation

Day after day, one devotee after another would invite Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the other devotees to lunch and would also hold a festival.
চারিমাস রহিলা সবে মহাপ্রভু-সঙ্গে ।
জগন্নাথের নানা যাত্রা দেখে মহারঙ্গে ॥ ১৬ ॥
cāri-māsa rahilā sabe mahāprabhu-saṅge
jagannāthera nānā yātrā dekhe mahā-raṅge

Synonyms

cāri-māsafour months; rahilāremain; sabeall the devotees; mahāprabhu-saṅgewith Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jagannātheraof Lord Jagannātha; nānā yātrāmany festivals; dekhethey see; mahā-raṅgewith great pleasure.

Translation

All the devotees remained at Jagannātha Purī for four continuous months, and they observed all Lord Jagannātha’s festivals with great pleasure.
কৃষ্ণজন্মযাত্রা-দিনে নন্দ-মহোত্সব ।
গোপবেশ হৈলা প্রভু লঞা ভক্ত সব ॥ ১৭ ॥
kṛṣṇa-janma-yātrā-dine nanda-mahotsava
gopa-veśa hailā prabhu lañā bhakta saba

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-janma-yātrāobservance of the birth of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dineon the day of; nanda-mahotsavathe festival observed by Nanda Mahārāja, the father of Kṛṣṇa; gopa-veśa hailādressed Himself as a cowherd boy; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañātaking; bhakta sabaall the devotees.

Translation

The devotees celebrated the festival of Janmāṣṭamī, Kṛṣṇa’s birthday, which is also called Nanda-mahotsava, the festival of Nanda Mahārāja. At that time Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees dressed themselves as cowherd boys.
দধিদুগ্ধ-ভার সবে নিজ-স্কন্ধে করি’ ।
মহোত্সব-স্থানে আইলা বলি ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ১৮ ॥
dadhi-dugdha-bhāra sabe nija-skandhe kari’
mahotsava-sthāne āilā bali ‘hari’ ‘hari’

Synonyms

dadhi-dugdhaof milk and yogurt; bhāracarriers; sabeall of them; nija-skandheon their shoulders; kari’keeping; mahotsava-sthāneto the place of the festival; āilācame; bali hari harichanting “Hari, Hari.”.

Translation

Having dressed up like cowherd boys, all the devotees carried pots of milk and yogurt balanced on rods over their shoulders. Thus they all arrived at the festival grounds chanting the holy name of Hari.
কানাঞি-খুটিয়া আছেন ‘নন্দ’-বেশ ধরি’ ।
জগন্নাথ মাহাতি হঞাছেন ‘ব্রজেশ্বরী’ ॥ ১৯ ॥
kānāñi-khuṭiyā āchena ‘nanda’-veśa dhari’
jagannātha-māhāti hañāchena ‘vrajeśvarī’

Synonyms

kānāñi-khuṭiyāKānāñi Khuṭiyā; āchenais; nanda-veśa dhari’in the dress of Nanda Mahārāja; jagannātha-māhātiJagannātha Māhāti; hañāchenawas; vrajeśvarīmother Yaśodā.

Translation

Kānāñi Khuṭiyā dressed himself like Nanda Mahārāja, and Jagannātha Māhiti dressed himself as mother Yaśodā.
আপনে প্ৰতাপরুদ্র, আর মিশ্র-কাশী ।
সার্বভৌম, আর পড়িছা-পাত্র তুলসী ॥ ২০ ॥
āpane pratāparudra, āra miśra-kāśī
sārvabhauma, āra paḍichā-pātra tulasī

Synonyms

āpane pratāparudrapersonally King Pratāparudra; āraand; miśra-kāśīKāśī Miśra; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āraand; paḍichā-pātra tulasīPaḍichāpātra Tulasī, the temple superintendent.

Translation

At that time, King Pratāparudra was also personally present with Kāśī Miśra, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Tulasī Paḍichāpātra.
ইঁহা-সবা লঞা প্রভু করে নৃত্য-রঙ্গ ।
দধি-দুগ্ধ হরিদ্রা-জলে ভরে সবার অঙ্গ ॥ ২১ ॥
iṅhā-sabā lañā prabhu kare nṛtya-raṅga
dadhi-dugdha haridrā-jale bhare sabāra aṅga

Synonyms

iṅhā-sabā lañātaking all of them; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kare nṛtya-raṅgaperformed dancing in jubilation; dadhiyogurt; dugdhamilk; haridrāturmeric; jalewith water; bharecovered; sabāraof all of them; aṅgabodies.

Translation

As usual, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu danced jubilantly. Everyone was covered with milk, yogurt and yellow turmeric water.
অদ্বৈত কহে, — সত্য কহি, না করিহ কোপ ।
লগুড় ফিরাইতে পার, তবে জানি গোপ ॥ ২২ ॥
advaita kahe, — satya kahi, nā kariha kopa
laguḍa phirāite pāra, tabe jāni gopa

Synonyms

advaita kaheAdvaita Ācārya says; satya kahiI speak the truth; kariha kopaplease do not be angry; laguḍastick, staff; phirāite pāraif You can wheel around; tabe jānithen I shall understand; gopacowherd boy.

Translation

At this time Śrīla Advaita Ācārya said, “Please do not be angry. I speak the truth. I shall know that You are a cowherd boy only if You can wheel this rod about.”
তবে লগুড় লঞা প্রভু ফিরাইতে লাগিলা ।
বার বার আকাশে ফেলি’ লুফিয়া ধরিলা ॥ ২৩ ॥
tabe laguḍa lañā prabhu phirāite lāgilā
bāra bāra ākāśe pheli’ luphiyā dharilā

Synonyms

tabethen; laguḍarod; lañātaking; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; phirāite lāgilābegan to wheel it around; bāra bāraagain and again; ākāśein the sky; pheli’throwing; luphiyātossing; dharilāHe captured.

Translation

Accepting Advaita Ācārya’s challenge, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took a big rod and began to wheel it around and around. Again and again He threw the rod into the sky and caught it when it fell.
শিরের উপরে, পৃষ্ঠে, সম্মুখে, দুই-পাশে ।
পাদমধ্যে ফিরায় লগুড়, — দেখি’ লোক হাসে ॥ ২৪ ॥
śirera upare, pṛṣṭhe, sammukhe, dui-pāśe
pāda-madhye phirāya laguḍa, — dekhi’ loka hāse

Synonyms

śirera upareover the head; pṛṣṭhebehind the back; sammukhein front; dui-pāśeon the two sides; pāda-madhyebetween the two legs; phirāyawheels around; laguḍathe rod; dekhi’seeing; loka hāseall the people began to laugh.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu wheeled and threw the rod, sometimes over His head, sometimes behind His back, sometimes in front of Him, sometimes to His side and sometimes between His legs. All the people laughed to see this.
অলাত-চক্রের প্রায় লগুড় ফিরায় ।
দেখি’ সর্বলোক-চিত্তে চমত্কার পায় ॥ ২৫ ॥
alāta-cakrera prāya laguḍa phirāya
dekhi’ sarva-loka-citte camatkāra pāya

Synonyms

alāta-cakrerathe circle of a firebrand; prāyalike; laguḍa phirāyawheels the rod; dekhi’seeing; sarva-lokaall the people; cittewithin the heart; camatkāra pāyabecame very much astonished.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu whirled the rod in a circle like a firebrand, the heart of everyone who saw it was astonished.
এইমত নিত্যানন্দ ফিরায় লগুড় ।
কে বুঝিবে তাঁহা দুঁহার গোপভাব গূঢ় ॥ ২৬ ॥
ei-mata nityānanda phirāya laguḍa
ke bujhibe tāṅhā duṅhāra gopa-bhāva gūḍha

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; nityānandaLord Nityānanda Prabhu; phirāya laguḍawheels a rod; kewho; bujhibewill understand; tāṅhāthere; duṅhāraof both of Them; gopa-bhāvathe ecstasy of the cowherd boys; gūḍhavery deep.

Translation

Nityānanda Prabhu also played at whirling the rod. Who can understand how They were ecstatically immersed in the deep emotions of the cowherd boys?
প্রতাপরুদ্রের আজ্ঞায় পড়িছা-তুলসী ।
জগন্নাথের প্রসাদ-বস্ত্র এক লঞা আসি ॥ ২৭ ॥
pratāparudrera ājñāya paḍichā-tulasī
jagannāthera prasāda-vastra eka lañā āsi

Synonyms

pratāparudreraof King Pratāparudra; ājñāyaon the order; paḍichā-tulasīthe temple superintendent named Tulasī; jagannātheraof Lord Jagannātha; prasāda-vastraused cloth; ekaone; lañātaking; āsicame.

Translation

Following the orders of Mahārāja Pratāparudra, the temple superintendent, named Tulasī, brought one of Lord Jagannātha’s used cloths.
বহুমূল্য বস্ত্র প্রভু মস্তকে বান্ধিল ।
আচার্যাদি প্রভুর গণেরে পরাইল ॥ ২৮ ॥
bahu-mūlya vastra prabhu-mastake bāndhila
ācāryādi prabhura gaṇere parāila

Synonyms

bahu-mūlyavery valuable; vastracloth; prabhu-mastakeon the head of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bāndhilawrapped; ācārya-ādiheaded by Advaita Ācārya; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gaṇereon the associates; parāilaput.

Translation

This valuable cloth was wrapped around the head of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The other devotees, headed by Advaita Ācārya, also had cloths wrapped about their heads.
কানাঞি-খুটিয়া, জগন্নাথ, — দুইজন ।
আবেশে বিলাইল ঘরে ছিল যত ধন ॥ ২৯ ॥
kānāñi-khuṭiyā, jagannātha, — dui-jana
āveśe vilāila ghare chila yata dhana

Synonyms

kānāñi-khuṭiyāKānāñi Khuṭiyā; jagannāthaJagannātha Māhāti; dui-janatwo persons; āveśein ecstatic love; vilāiladistributed; ghareat home; chilawas; yataall; dhanariches.

Translation

In ecstasy, Kānāñi Khuṭiyā, who was dressed as Nanda Mahārāja, and Jagannātha Māhiti, who was dressed as mother Yaśodā, distributed all the riches they had stocked at home.
দেখি’ মহাপ্ৰভু বড় সন্তোষ পাইলা ।
মাতাপিতা-জ্ঞানে দুঁহে নমস্কার কৈলা ॥ ৩০ ॥
dekhi’ mahāprabhu baḍa santoṣa pāilā
mātā-pitā-jñāne duṅhe namaskāra kailā

Synonyms

dekhi’seeing; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; baḍavery much; santoṣasatisfaction; pāilāfelt; mātā-pitā-jñāneaccepting as father and mother; duṅheunto both of them; namaskāra kailāoffered obeisances.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was greatly satisfied to see this. Accepting them as His father and mother, He offered them obeisances.
পরম-আবেশে প্রভু আইলা নিজ-ঘর ।
এইমত লীলা করে গৌরাঙ্গসুন্দর ॥ ৩১ ॥
parama-āveśe prabhu āilā nija-ghara
ei-mata līlā kare gaurāṅga-sundara

Synonyms

parama-āveśein great ecstasy; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilāreturned; nija-gharato His own residence; ei-matain this way; līlāpastimes; kareperformed; gaurāṅga-sundaraŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

In great ecstasy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to His residence. In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, known as Gaurāṅga-sundara, performed various pastimes.
বিজয়া-দশমী — লঙ্কা-বিজয়ের দিনে ।
বানর-সৈন্য কৈলা প্রভু লঞা ভক্তগণে ॥ ৩২ ॥
vijayā-daśamī — laṅkā-vijayera dine
vānara-sainya kailā prabhu lañā bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

vijayāvictory; daśamītenth day; laṅkā-vijayera dineon the day celebrating the conquering of Laṅkā; vānara-sainyamonkey soldiers; kailāarranged; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañā bhakta-gaṇetaking all the devotees.

Translation

On the day celebrating the conquest of Laṅkā — a day known as Vijayā-daśamī — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu dressed up all His devotees as monkey soldiers.
হনুমান্-আবেশে প্রভু বৃক্ষশাখা লঞা ।
লঙ্কা-গড়ে চড়ি’ ফেলে গড় ভাঙ্গিয়া ॥ ৩৩ ॥
hanumān-āveśe prabhu vṛkṣa-śākhā lañā
laṅkā-gaḍe caḍi’ phele gaḍa bhāṅgiyā

Synonyms

hanumān-āveśein the emotion of being Hanumān; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vṛkṣa-śākhā lañātaking a large branch of a tree; laṅkā-gaḍeon the Laṅkā fort; caḍi’ascending; phelebreaks down; gaḍathe fort; bhāṅgiyādismantling.

Translation

Displaying the emotions of Hanumān, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took up a large tree branch and, mounting the walls of the Laṅkā fort, began to dismantle it.
‘কাহাঁরে রাব্ণা’ প্রভু কহে ক্রোধাবেশে ।
‘জগন্মাতা হরে পাপী, মারিমু সবংশে ॥’ ৩৪ ॥
‘kāhāṅre rāvṇā’ prabhu kahe krodhāveśe
‘jagan-mātā hare pāpī, mārimu savaṁśe’

Synonyms

kāhāṅre rāvṇāwhere is the rascal Rāvaṇa; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahesays; krodha-āveśein great anger; jagat-mātāthe mother of the universe; harekidnaps; pāpīsinful; mārimuI shall kill; sa-vaṁśewith all his family.

Translation

In the ecstasy of Hanumān, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu angrily said, “Where is that rascal Rāvaṇa? He has kidnapped the universal mother, Sītā. Now I shall kill him and all his family.”
গোসাঞির আবেশ দেখি’ লোকে চমত্কার ।
সর্বলোক ‘জয়’ ‘জয়’ বলে বার বার ॥ ৩৫ ॥
gosāñira āveśa dekhi’ loke camatkāra
sarva-loka ‘jaya’ ‘jaya’ bale bāra bāra

Synonyms

gosāñiraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āveśaecstasy; dekhi’by seeing; lokeall people; camatkāraastonished; sarva-lokaall people; jaya jayaall glories; balespeak; bāra bāraagain and again.

Translation

Everyone became very much astonished to see the emotional ecstasy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and everyone began to chant, “All glories! All glories!” again and again.
এইমত রাসযাত্রা, আর দীপাবলী ।
উত্থান-দ্বাদশীযাত্রা দেখিলা সকলি ॥ ৩৬ ॥
ei-mata rāsa-yātrā, āra dīpāvalī
utthāna-dvādaśī yātrā dekhilā sakali

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; rāsa-yātrārāsa dancing of Lord Kṛṣṇa; āraand; dīpa-āvalīthe day of Dīpāvalī, when rows of lights are lit; utthāna-dvādaśī-yātrāthe festival of Utthāna-dvādaśī; dekhilā sakaliparticipated in all of them.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His devotees participated in all the festivals, including Rāsa-yātrā, Dīpāvalī and Utthāna-dvādaśī.

Purport

The Dīpāvalī festival takes place on the dark-moon night in the month of Kārttika (October-November). The Rāsa-yātrā, or rāsa dancing of Kṛṣṇa, takes place on the full-moon night of the same month. Utthāna-dvādaśī takes place the day after Ekādaśī in the waxing fortnight of the moon in the same month. All the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu participated in all these festivals.
একদিন মহাপ্রভু নিত্যানন্দে লঞা ।
দুই ভাই যুক্তি কৈল নিভৃতে বসিয়া ॥ ৩৭ ॥
eka-dina mahāprabhu nityānande lañā
dui bhāi yukti kaila nibhṛte vasiyā

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nityānande lañātaking Lord Nityānanda Prabhu; dui bhāitwo brothers; yukti kailaconsulted; nibhṛte vasiyāsitting in a solitary place.

Translation

One day the two brothers, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu, consulted with each other while sitting together in a solitary place.
কিবা যুক্তি কৈল দুঁহে, কেহ নাহি জানে ।
ফলে অনুমান পাছে কৈল ভক্তগণে ॥ ৩৮ ॥
kibā yukti kaila duṅhe, keha nāhi jāne
phale anumāna pāche kaila bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

kibā yukti kailawhat consultation They had; duṅhethe two of Them; keha nāhi jāneno one knows; phaleby the result; anumānaguess; pāchelater; kailadid; bhakta-gaṇeall the devotees.

Translation

No one could understand what the brothers discussed between Themselves, but later all the devotees could guess what the subject matter was.
তবে মহাপ্রভু সব ভক্তে বোলাইল ।
গৌড়দেশে যাহ সবে বিদায় করিল ॥ ৩৯ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu saba bhakte bolāila
gauḍa-deśe yāha sabe vidāya karila

Synonyms

tabe mahāprabhuthereafter Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sabaall; bhaktethe devotees; bolāilacalled; gauḍa-deśeto Bengal; yāhareturn; sabeall of you; vidāya karilabade farewell.

Translation

Thereafter, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu called for all the devotees and asked them to return to Bengal. In this way, He bade farewell to them.
সবারে কহিল প্রভু — প্রত্যব্দ আসিয়া ।
গুণ্ডিচা দেখিয়া যাবে আমারে মিলিয়া ॥ ৪০ ॥
sabāre kahila prabhu — pratyabda āsiyā
guṇḍicā dekhiyā yābe āmāre miliyā

Synonyms

sabāreto all of them; kahilasaid; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prati-abdaevery year; āsiyācoming; guṇḍicāthe function at the Guṇḍicā temple; dekhiyāseeing; yābeyou should go; āmāre miliyāafter meeting Me.

Translation

Bidding farewell to all the devotees, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested them to return to Jagannātha Purī every year to see Him and then see the cleansing of the Guṇḍicā temple.
আচার্যেরে আজ্ঞা দিল করিয়া সম্মান ।
‘আ-চণ্ডাল আদি কৃষ্ণভক্তি দিও দান’ ॥ ৪১ ॥
ācāryere ājñā dila kariyā sammāna
‘ā-caṇḍāla ādi kṛṣṇa-bhakti dio dāna’

Synonyms

ācāryereunto Advaita Ācārya; ājñā dilaordered; kariyā sammānawith great respect; ā-caṇḍālaeven to the lowest of men, known as the caṇḍāla; ādibeginning with; kṛṣṇa-bhaktiKṛṣṇa consciousness, or devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa; diodeliver; dānain charity.

Translation

With great respect, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested Advaita Ācārya, “Give Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotion to Kṛṣṇa, even to the lowest of men [caṇḍālas].”

Purport

This is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order to all His devotees. Kṛṣṇa-bhakti, devotion to Kṛṣṇa, is open to everyone, even low-class men like caṇḍālas. One should follow this order in the disciplic succession stemming from Śrī Advaita and Nityānanda Prabhu and distribute Kṛṣṇa consciousness without discrimination throughout the world.
There are different kinds of men, beginning with the brāhmaṇa and going down to the lowest platform, known as caṇḍāla. Whatever one’s position, everyone in this Age of Kali needs to be enlightened in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is the greatest need of the day. Everyone is acutely feeling the pangs of material existence. Even in the ranks and files of the American Senate, the pinpricks of material existence are felt, so much so that April 30, 1974, was actually set aside as Prayer Day. Thus everyone is feeling the resultant pinpricks of Kali-yuga brought about by human society’s indulging in illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling and intoxication. Now is the time for the members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to distribute kṛṣṇa-bhakti all over the world and thus follow the orders of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The Lord has ordered everyone to become a guru (Cc. Madhya 7.128): āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra’ ei deśa. Everyone in every town and village should be enlightened by the instructions of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be distributed to everyone indiscriminately. In this way, the entire world will be peaceful and happy, and everyone will glorify Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as He desires.
The word caṇḍāla actually refers to a dog-eater, who is considered the lowest of men. Even caṇḍālas can be enlightened in Kṛṣṇa consciousness due to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s benedictions. Kṛṣṇa-bhakti is not the monopoly of a certain caste. Everyone is eligible to receive this great benediction given by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Everyone should be given a chance to receive it and be happy.
The word dāna, meaning “charity,” is also significant in this verse. Whoever engages in the distribution of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is a charitable person. Professional men recite Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and discuss kṛṣṇa-bhakti for an exchange of money. They cannot distribute such exalted transcendental property to everyone and anyone. Only pure devotees, who have no motive other than serving Kṛṣṇa, can give such transcendentally valuable benedictions out of charity.
নিত্যানন্দে আজ্ঞা দিল, — ‘যাহ গৌড়দেশে ।
অনর্গল প্রেমভক্তি করিহ প্রকাশে ॥ ৪২ ॥
nityānande ājñā dila, — ‘yāha gauḍa-deśe
anargala prema-bhakti kariha prakāśe

Synonyms

nityānandeunto Nityānanda Prabhu; ājñā dilaLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered; yāha gauḍa-deśego to Gauḍa-deśa (Bengal); anargalawithout restriction; prema-bhaktidevotional service in love of Godhead; kariha prakāśemanifest.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered Nityānanda Prabhu, “Go to Bengal and, without restriction, manifest devotional service to the Lord, Kṛṣṇa consciousness.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu thus ordered Nityānanda Prabhu to deliver all the Bengalis to devotional service. In the Bhagavad-gītā (9.32) the Lord says:
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśrityaye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās
te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim
“O son of Pṛthā, those who take shelter in Me, though they be of lower birth — women, vaiśyas [merchants], and śūdras [workers] — can attain the supreme destination.” Whoever takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and follows the regulative principles can return home, back to Godhead.
In his Anubhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura writes, “There is a class of so-called devotees called prākṛta-sahajiyās who think that Nityānanda Prabhu is an ordinary human being. They have spread the news that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered Nityānanda Prabhu to return to Bengal from Orissa just to marry and beget children. This is certainly a great offense against Nityānanda Prabhu.”
Such an offense is called pāṣaṇḍa-buddhi, or an atheistic remark. Offenders consider Nityānanda Prabhu to be like one of them, an ordinary human being. They do not know of Nityānanda Prabhu’s identity with the viṣṇu-tattva. Thinking Nityānanda Prabhu to be an ordinary human being is the business of mental speculators known as kuṇapātma-vādīs. These people accept the material body, which is a bag of three material elements (kuṇape tri-dhātuke), as themselves. They think that Nityānanda Prabhu’s body was similarly material and that it was meant for sense gratification. Whoever thinks in this way is a candidate for the darkest regions of hell. Those who hanker after women and money, who are self-interested and have the mentality of merchants, can certainly discover many things with their fertile brains and speak against the authorized revealed scriptures. They also engage in some moneymaking businesses to cheat innocent people, and they try to support their business programs by making such offensive statements. Actually Nityānanda Prabhu, being the expansion of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, is the most munificent incarnation. No one should consider Him an ordinary human being or an entity like the prajāpatis, who were ordered by Brahmā to increase generations. Nityānanda Prabhu should not be considered instrumental for sense gratification. Although professional so-called preachers support this idea, such statements are not found in any authorized revealed scriptures. Actually there is no support for these statements made by sahajiyās or other professional distributors of kṛṣṇa-bhakti.
রামদাস, গদাধর আদি কত জনে ।
তোমার সহায় লাগি’ দিলু তোমার সনে ॥ ৪৩ ॥
rāma-dāsa, gadādhara ādi kata jane
tomāra sahāya lāgi’ dilu tomāra sane

Synonyms

rāma-dāsaRāmadāsa; gadādharaGadādhara dāsa; ādiand others; kata janesome people; tomāraYour; sahāyaassistants; lāgi’as; diluI give; tomāra sanewith You.

Translation

Nityānanda Prabhu was given assistants like Rāmadāsa, Gadādhara dāsa and several others. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “I give them to You to assist You.
মধ্যে মধ্যে আমি তোমার নিকট যাইব ।
অলক্ষিতে রহি’ তোমার নৃত্য দেখিব’ ॥ ৪৪ ॥
madhye madhye āmi tomāra nikaṭa yāiba
alakṣite rahi’ tomāra nṛtya dekhiba’

Synonyms

madhye madhyeat intervals; āmiI; tomāra nikaṭanear You; yāibashall go; alakṣite rahi’keeping invisible; tomāra nṛtyaYour dancing; dekhibaI shall see.

Translation

“I shall also go to see You at intervals. Keeping Myself invisible, I shall watch You dance.”
শ্রীবাস-পণ্ডিতে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন ।
কণ্ঠে ধরি’ কহে তাঁরে মধুর বচন ॥ ৪৫ ॥
śrīvāsa-paṇḍite prabhu kari’ āliṅgana
kaṇṭhe dhari’ kahe tāṅre madhura vacana

Synonyms

śrīvāsa-paṇḍiteunto Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kari’doing; āliṅganaembracing; kaṇṭhe dhari’catching his neck; kahesays; tāṅreunto him; madhura vacanasweet words.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita and, with His arm about his neck, began to speak to him in sweet words.
তোমার ঘরে কীর্তনে আমি নিত্য নাচিব ।
তুমি দেখা পাবে, আর কেহ না দেখিব ॥ ৪৬ ॥
tomāra ghare kīrtane āmi nitya nāciba
tumi dekhā pābe, āra keha nā dekhiba

Synonyms

tomāra gharein your house; kīrtanein the performance of congregational chanting; āmiI; nityadaily; nācibashall dance; tumiyou; dekhā pābewill be able to see; āraelse; kehaanyone; dekhibawill not see.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura, “Perform congregational chanting daily, and be assured that I shall also dance in your presence. You will be able to see this dancing, but not others.
এই বস্ত্র মাতাকে দিহ’, এই সব প্রসাদ ।
দণ্ডবৎ করি’ আমার ক্ষমাইহ অপরাধ ॥ ৪৭ ॥
ei vastra mātāke diha’, ei saba prasāda
daṇḍavat kari’ āmāra kṣamāiha aparādha

Synonyms

ei vastrathis cloth; mātāke diha’deliver to My mother, Śacīdevī; ei saba prasādaall these remnants of the food of Jagannātha; daṇḍavat kari’offering obeisances; āmāraMy; kṣamāihacause to be excused; aparādhaoffenses.

Translation

“Take this prasādam of Lord Jagannātha’s and this cloth and deliver them to My mother, Śacīdevī. After offering her obeisances, please request her to excuse My offenses.
তাঁর সেবা ছাড়ি’ আমি করিয়াছি সন্ন্যাস ।
ধর্ম নহে, করি আমি নিজ ধর্ম-নাশ ॥ ৪৮ ॥
tāṅra sevā chāḍi’ āmi kariyāchi sannyāsa
dharma nahe, kari āmi nija dharma-nāśa

Synonyms

tāṅra sevā chāḍi’giving up her service; āmiI; kariyāchiaccepted; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; dharma naheit is not My religion; kariperform; āmiI; nija dharma-nāśadestruction of My religious principles.

Translation

“I have given up the service of My mother and have accepted the sannyāsa order. Actually I should not have done this, for by so doing I have destroyed My religious principles.
তাঁর প্রেমবশ আমি, তাঁর সেবা — ধর্ম ।
তাহা ছাড়ি’ করিয়াছি বাতুলের কর্ম ॥ ৪৯ ॥
tāṅra prema-vaśa āmi, tāṅra sevā — dharma
tāhā chāḍi’ kariyāchi vātulera karma

Synonyms

tāṅra prema-vaśasubordinate to her love; āmiI; tāṅra sevāher service; dharmaMy religion; tāhā chāḍi’giving that up; kariyāchiI performed; vātulera karmathe acts of a madman.

Translation

“I am subordinate to the love of My mother, and it is My duty to serve her in return. Instead of doing so, I have accepted the renounced order. Certainly this is the act of a madman.
বাতুল বালকের মাতা নাহি লয় দোষ ।
এই জানি’ মাতা মোরে না করয় রোষ ॥ ৫০ ॥
vātula bālakera mātā nāhi laya doṣa
ei jāni’ mātā more nā karaya roṣa

Synonyms

vātula bālakeraof a mad son; mātāmother; nāhidoes not; layaaccept; doṣafault; ei jāni’knowing this; mātāmother; moreunto Me; karaya roṣais not at all angry.

Translation

“A mother is not offended by her mad son, and knowing this, My mother is not offended by Me.
কি কায সন্ন্যাসে মোর, প্রেম নিজ-ধন ।
যে-কালে সন্ন্যাস কৈলুঁ, ছন্ন হৈল মন ॥ ৫১ ॥
ki kāya sannyāse mora, prema nija-dhana
ye-kāle sannyāsa kailuṅ, channa haila mana

Synonyms

ki kāyawhat business; sannyāsein the renounced order; moraof Me; premalove; nija-dhanaMy real wealth; ye-kāleat which time; sannyāsa kailuṅI accepted the renounced order; channaderanged; hailawas; manamind.

Translation

“I had no business in accepting the renounced order and sacrificing My love for My mother, which is My real property. Actually I was in a crazy state of mind when I accepted sannyāsa.
নীলাচলে আছোঁ মুঞি তাঁহার আজ্ঞাতে ।
মধ্যে মধ্যে আসিমু তাঁর চরণ দেখিতে ॥ ৫২ ॥
nīlācale āchoṅ muñi tāṅhāra ājñāte
madhye madhye āsimu tāṅra caraṇa dekhite

Synonyms

nīlācale āchoṅstay at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala; muñiI; tāṅhāra ājñāteunder her order; madhye madhyeat intervals; āsimuI shall go; tāṅraher; caraṇa dekhiteto see the lotus feet.

Translation

“I am staying here at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala, to comply with her orders. But at intervals I go see her lotus feet.
নিত্য যাই’ দেখি মুঞি তাঁহার চরণে ।
স্ফূর্তি-জ্ঞানে তেঁহো তাহা সত্য নাহি মানে ॥ ৫৩ ॥
nitya yāi’ dekhi muñi tāṅhāra caraṇe
sphūrti-jñāne teṅho tāhā satya nāhi māne

Synonyms

nitya yāi’going daily; dekhisee; muñiI; tāṅhāra caraṇeher lotus feet; sphūrti-jñānefeeling My presence; teṅhoshe; tāhāthat; satya nāhi mānedoes not accept as true.

Translation

“Indeed, I go there daily to see her lotus feet. She is able to feel My presence, although she does not believe it to be true.
একদিন শাল্যন্ন, ব্যঞ্জন পাঁচ-সাত ।
শাক, মোচা-ঘণ্ট, ভৃষ্ট-পটোল-নিম্বপাত ॥ ৫৪ ॥
লেম্বু-আদাখণ্ড, দধি, দুগ্ধ, খণ্ড-সার ।
শালগ্ৰামে সমর্পিলেন বহু উপহার ॥ ৫৫ ॥
eka-dina śāly-anna, vyañjana pāṅca-sāta
śāka, mocā-ghaṇṭa, bhṛṣṭa-paṭola-nimba-pāta
lembu-ādā-khaṇḍa, dadhi, dugdha, khaṇḍa-sāra
śālagrāme samarpilena bahu upahāra

Synonyms

eka-dinaone day; śāli-annacooked rice made of śāli paddy; vyañjanavegetables; pāṅca-sātafive to seven different kinds; śākaspinach; mocā-ghaṇṭacurry made from banana flowers; bhṛṣṭafried; paṭolapaṭola vegetables; nimba-pātawith leaves of the nimba tree; lembulemon; ādā-khaṇḍapieces of ginger; dadhiyogurt; dugdhamilk; khaṇḍa-sārasugar candy; śālagrāmeunto Lord Viṣṇu in the form of the śālagrāma; samarpilenaoffered; bahu upahāramany other varieties of food.

Translation

“One day My mother, Śacī, offered food to Śālagrāma Viṣṇu. She offered rice cooked from śāli paddies, various kinds of vegetables, spinach, curry made of banana flowers, fried paṭola with nimba leaves, pieces of ginger with lemon, and also yogurt, milk, sugar candy and many other foods.
প্রসাদ লঞা কোলে করেন ক্রন্দন ।
নিমাইর প্রিয় মোর — এসব ব্যঞ্জন ॥ ৫৬ ॥
prasāda lañā kole karena krandana
nimāira priya mora — e-saba vyañjana

Synonyms

prasāda lañātaking the remnants of food; koleon her lap; karena krandanawas crying; nimāiraof Nimāi; priyafavorite; moramy; e-saba vyañjanaall these varieties of cooked food.

Translation

“Taking the food upon her lap, Mother was crying to think that all that food was very dear to her Nimāi.
নিমাঞি নাহিক এথা, কে করে ভোজন ।
মোর ধ্যানে অশ্রুজলে ভরিল নয়ন ॥ ৫৭ ॥
nimāñi nāhika ethā, ke kare bhojana
mora dhyāne aśru-jale bharila nayana

Synonyms

nimāñiNimāi; nāhika ethāis not present here; ke kare bhojanawho will eat them; mora dhyāneon meditation upon Me; aśru-jalewith tears; bharila nayanaeyes become filled.

Translation

“My mother was thinking, ‘Nimāi is not here. Who will accept all this food?’ As she meditated upon Me in this way, her eyes filled with tears.
শীঘ্র যাই’ মুঞি সব করিনু ভক্ষণ ।
শূন্যপাত্র দেখি’ অশ্রু করিয়া মার্জন ॥ ৫৮ ॥
śīghra yāi’ muñi saba karinu bhakṣaṇa
śūnya-pātra dekhi’ aśru kariyā mārjana

Synonyms

śīghravery soon; yāi’going; muñiI; sabaall; karinu bhakṣaṇaate; śūnya-pātra dekhi’seeing the dish empty; aśrutears; kariyā mārjanasmearing with her hands.

Translation

“While she was thus thinking and crying, I immediately went there with great haste and ate everything. Seeing the dish empty, she wiped her tears away.
‘কে অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জন খাইল, শূন্য কেনে পাত ?
বালগোপাল কিবা খাইল সব ভাত ? ৫৯ ॥
‘ke anna-vyañjana khāila, śūnya kene pāta?
bālagopāla kibā khāila saba bhāta?

Synonyms

kewho; anna-vyañjana khāilahas eaten all this food; śūnya kene pātawhy is the dish empty; bāla-gopālathe Deity Bāla-gopāla; kibā khāiladid He eat; saba bhātaall the rice.

Translation

“She then began to wonder who had eaten all that food. ‘Why is the plate empty?’ she wondered, doubting that Bāla-gopāla had eaten it all.
কিবা মোর কথায় মনে ভ্রম হঞা গেল !
কিবা কোন জন্তু আসি’ সকল খাইল ? ৬০ ॥
kibā mora kathāya mane bhrama hañā gela!
kibā kona jantu āsi’ sakala khāila?

Synonyms

kibāor; mora kathāyawhen I was thinking like that; manein the mind; bhrama hañā gelaI was mistaken; kibāor; kona jantusome animal; āsi’coming; sakala khāilaate everything.

Translation

“She began to wonder whether there had actually been anything on the plate in the first place. Then again she thought that some animal might have come and eaten everything.
কিবা আমি অন্নপাত্রে ভ্রমে না বাড়িল !’
এত চিন্তি’ পাক-পাত্র যাঞা দেখিল ॥ ৬১ ॥
kibā āmi anna-pātre bhrame nā bāḍila!’
eta cinti’ pāka-pātra yāñā dekhila

Synonyms

kibāor; āmiI; anna-pātreon the plate for food; bhrameby mistake; bāḍiladid not put anything; eta cinti’thinking this; pāka-pātrathe kitchen pots; yāñā dekhilawent and saw.

Translation

“She thought, ‘Perhaps by mistake I did not put any food on the plate.’ So thinking, she went into the kitchen and saw the pots.
অন্নব্যঞ্জনপূর্ণ দেখি’ সকল ভাজনে ।
দেখিয়া সংশয় হৈল কিছু চমৎকার মনে ॥ ৬২ ॥
anna-vyañjana-pūrṇa dekhi’ sakala bhājane
dekhiyā saṁśaya haila kichu camatkāra mane

Synonyms

anna-vyañjana-pūrṇafilled with rice and vegetables; dekhi’seeing; sakala bhājaneall the cooking pots; dekhiyāseeing; saṁśaya hailathere was doubt; kichusome; camatkārawonder; manein the mind.

Translation

“When she saw that all the pots were still filled with rice and vegetables, there was some doubt in her mind, and she was astonished.
ঈশানে বোলাঞা পুনঃ স্থান লেপাইল ।
পুনরপি গোপালকে অন্ন সমর্পিল ॥ ৬৩ ॥
īśāne bolāñā punaḥ sthāna lepāila
punarapi gopālake anna samarpila

Synonyms

īśāneto Īśāna, the servant; bolāñācalling; punaḥagain; sthānathe place; lepāilacleaned; punarapiagain; gopālakeunto Gopāla; annacooked rice and vegetables; samarpilaoffered.

Translation

“Thus wondering, she called Īśāna, the servant, and had the place cleaned again. She then offered another plate to Gopāla.
এইমত যবে করেন উত্তম রন্ধন ।
মোরে খাওয়াইতে করে উৎকণ্ঠায় রোদন ॥ ৬৪ ॥
ei-mata yabe karena uttama randhana
more khāoyāite kare utkaṇṭhāya rodana

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; yabewhen; karenadoes; uttama randhanafirst-class cooking; moreMe; khāoyāiteto feed; karedoes; utkaṇṭhāyawith great anxiety; rodanacrying.

Translation

“Now whenever she prepares some good cooked food and wants to feed it to Me, she cries in great anxiety.
তাঁর প্রেমে আনি’ আমায় করায় ভোজনে ।
অন্তরে মানয়ে সুখ, বাহ্যে নাহি মানে ॥ ৬৫ ॥
tāṅra preme āni’ āmāya karāya bhojane
antare mānaye sukha, bāhye nāhi māne

Synonyms

tāṅra premeby her love; āni’bringing; āmāyaMe; karāya bhojanecauses to eat; antarewithin herself; mānayeshe feels; sukhahappiness; bāhyeexternally; nāhi mānedoes not accept.

Translation

“Being obliged by her love, I am brought there to eat. Mother knows all these things internally and feels happiness, but externally she does not accept them.
এই বিজয়া-দশমীতে হৈল এই রীতি ।
তাঁহাকে পুছিয়া তাঁর করাইহ প্ৰতীতি ॥ ৬৬ ॥
ei vijayā-daśamīte haila ei rīti
tāṅhāke puchiyā tāṅra karāiha pratīti

Synonyms

ei vijayā-daśamīteon the previous Vijayā-daśamī day; hailathere was; ei rītisuch an incident; tāṅhākeunto her; puchiyāasking; tāṅraher; karāihamake; pratītibelief.

Translation

“Such an incident took place on the last Vijayā-daśamī day. You can ask her about this incident and thus make her believe that I actually go there.”
এতেক কহিতে প্রভু বিহ্বল হইলা ।
লোক বিদায় করিতে প্রভু ধৈর্য ধরিলা ॥ ৬৭ ॥
eteka kahite prabhu vihvala ha-ilā
loka vidāya karite prabhu dhairya dharilā

Synonyms

eteka kahitesaying this; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vihvala ha-ilābecame overwhelmed; loka vidāya kariteto bid farewell to the devotees; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhairya dharilāmaintained patience.

Translation

While describing all this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became a little overwhelmed, but just to finish bidding farewell to the devotees, He remained patient.
রাঘব পণ্ডিতে কহেন বচন সরস ।
‘তোমার শুদ্ধ প্রেমে আমি হই’ তোমার বশ ॥ ৬৮ ॥
rāghava paṇḍite kahena vacana sarasa
‘tomāra śuddha preme āmi ha-i’ tomāra vaśa’

Synonyms

rāghava paṇḍiteunto Rāghava Paṇḍita; kahenasays; vacanawords; sa-rasavery relishable; tomārayour; śuddha premeby pure devotional service; āmi ha-i’I become; tomārayour; vaśaunder obligation.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu next spoke some relishable words to Rāghava Paṇḍita. He said, “I am obliged to you due to your pure love for Me.”
ইঁহার কৃষ্ণসেবার কথা শুন, সর্বজন ।
পরম পবিত্র সেবা অতি সর্বোত্তম ॥ ৬৯ ॥
iṅhāra kṛṣṇa-sevāra kathā śuna, sarva-jana
parama-pavitra sevā ati sarvottama

Synonyms

iṅhāraof him; kṛṣṇa-sevāraof service to Lord Kṛṣṇa; kathāstories; śunahear; sarva-janaall people; parama-pavitrasupremely pure; sevāservice; ativery much; sarva-uttamawell accomplished.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then informed everyone, “Just hear about the pure devotional service rendered to Kṛṣṇa by Rāghava Paṇḍita. Indeed, Rāghava Paṇḍita’s service is supremely pure and highly accomplished.
আর দ্রব্য রহু — শুন নারিকেলের কথা ।
পাঁচ গণ্ডা করি’ নারিকেল বিকায় তথা ॥ ৭০ ॥
āra dravya rahu — śuna nārikelera kathā
pāṅca gaṇḍā kari’ nārikela vikāya tathā

Synonyms

āra dravya rahuapart from the other commodities; śunajust hear; nārikelera kathāthe incident of offering coconuts; pāṅca gaṇḍā kari’at the price of five gaṇḍās; nārikelacoconut; vikāyais sold; tathāthere.

Translation

“Apart from other commodities, just hear about his offering of coconuts. A coconut is sold at the rate of five gaṇḍās each.
বাটিতে কত শত বৃক্ষে লক্ষ লক্ষ ফল ।
তথাপি শুনেন যথা মিষ্ট নারিকেল ॥ ৭১ ॥
vāṭite kata śata vṛkṣe lakṣa lakṣa phala
tathāpi śunena yathā miṣṭa nārikela

Synonyms

vāṭitein his garden; kata śatahow many hundreds of; vṛkṣetrees; lakṣa lakṣa phalamillions of fruits; tathāpistill; śunenahears; yathāwhere; miṣṭa nārikelasweet coconut.

Translation

“Although he already has hundreds of trees and millions of fruits, he is still very eager to hear about the place where sweet coconuts are available.
এক এক ফলের মূল্য দিয়া চারিচারি পণ ।
দশক্রোশ হৈতে আনায় করিয়া যতন ॥ ৭২ ॥
eka eka phalera mūlya diyā cāri-cāri paṇa
daśa-krośa haite ānāya kariyā yatana

Synonyms

eka eka phaleraof each and every fruit; mūlyaprice; diyāpaying; cāri-cāri paṇafour paṇas each (one paṇa equals twenty gaṇḍās); daśa-krośatwenty miles away; haitefrom; ānāyabrings; kariyā yatanawith great endeavor.

Translation

“He collects coconuts with great endeavor from a place twenty miles away, and he pays four paṇas each for them.
প্রতিদিন পাঁচ-সাত ফল ছোলাঞা ।
সুশীতল করিতে রাখে জলে ডুবাইঞা ॥ ৭৩ ॥
prati-dina pāṅca-sāta phala cholāñā
suśītala karite rākhe jale ḍubāiñā

Synonyms

prati-dinaeach day; pāṅca-sātafive to seven; phalafruits; cholāñāclipping; su-śītala kariteto make it very cool; rākhekeeps; jalein water; ḍubāiñāimmersing.

Translation

“Every day five to seven coconuts are clipped and put into water to keep cool.
ভোগের সময় পুনঃ ছুলি’ সংস্করি’ ।
কৃষ্ণে সমর্পণ করে মুখ ছিদ্র করি’ ॥ ৭৪ ॥
bhogera samaya punaḥ chuli’ saṁskari’
kṛṣṇe samarpaṇa kare mukha chidra kari’

Synonyms

bhogera samayaat the time of offering bhoga; punaḥagain; chuli’clipping; saṁskari’cleansing; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; samarpaṇaoffering; karemakes; mukhaat the top; chidra kari’making a hole.

Translation

“At the time of offering bhoga, the coconuts are again clipped and cleansed. After holes are made in them at the top, they are offered to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
কৃষ্ণ সেই নারিকেল-জল পান করি’ ।
কভু শূন্য ফল রাখেন, কভু জল ভরি’ ॥ ৭৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa sei nārikela-jala pāna kari’
kabhu śūnya phala rākhena, kabhu jala bhari’

Synonyms

kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; seithat; nārikela-jalawater of the coconut; pāna kari’drinking; kabhusometimes; śūnyavacant; phala rākhenaleaves the fruit; kabhusometimes; jala bhari’being filled with water.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa drinks the juice from these coconuts, and sometimes the coconuts are left drained of juice. At other times the coconuts remain filled with juice.
জলশূন্য ফল দেখি’ পণ্ডিত — হরষিত ।
ফল ভাঙ্গি’ শস্যে করে সৎপাত্র পূরিত ॥ ৭৬ ॥
jala-śūnya phala dekhi’ paṇḍita — haraṣita
phala bhāṅgi’ śasye kare sat-pātra pūrita

Synonyms

jala-śūnyawithout water; phalafruit; dekhi’by seeing; paṇḍitaRāghava Paṇḍita; haraṣitavery pleased; phala bhāṅgi’breaking the fruit; śasyewith the pulp; karemakes; sat-pātraanother plate; pūritafilled.

Translation

“When Rāghava Paṇḍita sees that the juice has been drunk from the coconuts, he is very pleased. He then breaks the coconuts, takes out the pulp and puts it on another plate.
শস্য সমর্পণ করি’ বাহিরে ধেয়ান ।
শস্য খাঞা কৃষ্ণ করে শূন্য ভাজন ॥ ৭৭ ॥
śasya samarpaṇa kari’ bāhire dheyāna
śasya khāñā kṛṣṇa kare śūnya bhājana

Synonyms

śasyathe pulp; samarpaṇa kari’offering; bāhireoutside the temple room; dheyānameditates; śasya khāñāeating the pulp; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; karemakes; śūnyavacant; bhājanathe plate.

Translation

“After offering the pulp, he meditates outside the temple door. In the meantime, Lord Kṛṣṇa, having eaten the pulp, leaves the plate empty.
কভু শস্য খাঞা পুনঃ পাত্র ভরে শাঁসে ।
শ্রদ্ধা বাড়ে পণ্ডিতের, প্রেমসিন্ধু ভাসে ॥ ৭৮ ॥
kabhu śasya khāñā punaḥ pātra bhare śāṁse
śraddhā bāḍe paṇḍitera, prema-sindhu bhāse

Synonyms

kabhusometimes; śasya khāñāeating the pulp; punaḥagain; pātrathe plate; bharefills; śāṁsewith pulp; śraddhāfaith; bāḍeincreases; paṇḍiteraof Rāghava Paṇḍita; prema-sindhuin the ocean of love; bhāsefloats.

Translation

“Sometimes, after eating the pulp, Kṛṣṇa fills the plate again with new pulp. In this way, the faith of Rāghava Paṇḍita increases, and he floats in an ocean of love.
এক দিন ফল দশ সংস্কার করিয়া ।
ভোগ লাগাইতে সেবক আইল লঞা ॥ ৭৯ ॥
eka dina phala daśa saṁskāra kariyā
bhoga lāgāite sevaka āila lañā

Synonyms

eka dinaone day; phalafruits; daśaten; saṁskāra kariyāafter cleansing; bhoga lāgāiteto offer bhoga; sevakaservant; āilacame; lañātaking.

Translation

“One day it so happened that about ten coconuts were properly clipped and brought by a servant to offer to the Deity.
অবসর নাহি হয়, বিলম্ব হইল ।
ফল-পাত্র-হাতে সেবক দ্বারে ত’ রহিল ॥ ৮০ ॥
avasara nāhi haya, vilamba ha-ila
phala-pātra-hāte sevaka dvāre ta’ rahila

Synonyms

avasara nāhi hayathere was little time; vilamba ha-ilait was late; phala-pātrathe pot of fruits; hātein the hands; sevakathe servant; dvāreat the door; ta’indeed; rahilaremained.

Translation

“When the coconuts were brought, there was little time to offer them because it was already late. The servant, holding the container of coconuts, remained standing at the door.
দ্বারের উপর ভিতে তেঁহো হাত দিল ।
সেই হাতে ফল ছুঁইল, পণ্ডিত দেখিল ॥ ৮১ ॥
dvārera upara bhite teṅho hāta dila
sei hāte phala chuṅila, paṇḍita dekhila

Synonyms

dvārera uparaabove the door; bhiteon the ceiling; teṅhohe; hāta dilabrushed his hand; sei hātewith that hand; phala chuṅilatouched the fruit; paṇḍitaRāghava Paṇḍita; dekhilasaw.

Translation

“Rāghava Paṇḍita then saw that the servant touched the ceiling above the door and then touched the coconuts with the same hand.
পণ্ডিত কহে, — দ্বারে লোক করে গতায়াতে ।
তার পদধূলি উড়ি’ লাগে উপর ভিতে ॥ ৮২ ॥
paṇḍita kahe, — dvāre loka kare gatāyāte
tāra pada-dhūli uḍi’ lāge upara bhite

Synonyms

paṇḍita kaheRāghava Paṇḍita said; dvārethrough the door; lokapeople in general; karedo; gatāyātecoming and going; tāratheir; pada-dhūlidust of the feet; uḍi’being blown; lāgetouches; uparaupward; bhitethe ceiling.

Translation

“Rāghava Paṇḍita then said, ‘People are always coming and going through that door. The dust from their feet blows up and touches the ceiling.
সেই ভিতে হাত দিয়া ফল পরশিলা ।
কৃষ্ণ-যোগ্য নহে, ফল অপবিত্র হৈলা ॥ ৮৩ ॥
sei bhite hāta diyā phala paraśilā
kṛṣṇa-yogya nahe, phala apavitra hailā

Synonyms

sei bhiteon that ceiling; hāta diyātouching your hand; phalathe fruits; paraśilātouched; kṛṣṇa-yogya naheis not fit to be offered to Kṛṣṇa; phalathe fruits; apavitra hailāhas become contaminated.

Translation

“ ‘After touching the ceiling above the door, you have touched the coconuts. Now they are no longer fit to be offered to Kṛṣṇa because they are contaminated.’

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that Rāghava Paṇḍita was not simply a crazy fellow suffering from some cleansing mania. He did not belong to the mundane world. In lower consciousness, accepting something to be spiritual when it is actually material is called bhauma ijya-dhīḥ. Rāghava Paṇḍita was an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, and everything he saw was related to the service of the Lord. He was always absorbed in the transcendental thought of how he could always serve Kṛṣṇa with everything. Sometimes neophytes, devotees on the lower platform, try to imitate Rāghava Paṇḍita on the platform of material purity and impurity. Such imitation will not help anyone. As explained in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya-līlā 4.174), bhadrābhadra-vastu-jñāna nāhika ‘prākṛte.’ On the transcendental platform there is no higher or lower, pure or impure. On the material platform, distinction is made between good and bad, but on the spiritual platform everything is of the same quality.
‘dvaite’ bhadrābhadra-jñāna, saba — ‘manodharma’
‘ei bhāla, ei manda’, — ei saba ‘bhrama’
“In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental speculations. Therefore, saying ‘This is good and that is bad’ is all a mistake.” (Cc. Antya 4.176)
এত বলি’ ফল ফেলে প্রাচীর লঙ্ঘিয়া ।
ঐছে পবিত্র প্রেম-সেবা জগৎ জিনিয়া ॥ ৮৪ ॥
eta bali’ phala phele prācīra laṅghiyā
aiche pavitra prema-sevā jagat jiniyā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; phala phelethrows away the fruits; prācīra laṅghiyāacross the boundary wall; aichesuch; pavitrapure; prema-sevāservice in love; jagat jiniyāconquering all the world.

Translation

“Such is the service of Rāghava Paṇḍita. He did not accept the coconuts but threw them over the wall. His service is purely based on unalloyed love, and it conquers the whole world.
তবে আর নারিকেল সংস্কার করাইল ।
পরম পবিত্র করি’ ভোগ লাগাইল ॥ ৮৫ ॥
tabe āra nārikela saṁskāra karāila
parama pavitra kari’ bhoga lāgāila

Synonyms

tabethereafter; āraother; nārikelacoconuts; saṁskāra karāilahad clipped and cleaned; parama pavitra kari’with great attention to keep them pure; bhoga lāgāilaoffered for eating.

Translation

“Thereafter, Rāghava Paṇḍita had other coconuts gathered, cleansed and clipped, and with great attention he offered them to the Deity to eat.
এইমত কলা, আম্র, নারঙ্গ, কাঁঠাল ।
যাহা যাহা দূর-গ্রামে শুনিয়াছে ভাল ॥ ৮৬ ॥
ei-mata kalā, āmra, nāraṅga, kāṅṭhāla
yāhā yāhā dūra-grāme śuniyāche bhāla

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; kalābananas; āmramangoes; nāraṅgaoranges; kāṅṭhālajackfruit; yāhā yāhāwhatever; dūra-grāmein distant villages; śuniyāchehe heard; bhālagood.

Translation

“In this way, from distant villages he collects excellent bananas, mangoes, oranges, jackfruits and whatever other first-class fruits he has heard about.
বহুমূল্য দিয়া আনি’ করিয়া যতন ।
পবিত্র সংস্কার করি’ করে নিবেদন ॥ ৮৭ ॥
bahu-mūlya diyā āni’ kariyā yatana
pavitra saṁskāra kari’ kare nivedana

Synonyms

bahu-mūlyahigh price; diyāoffering; āni’bringing; kariyā yatanawith great attention; pavitrapurified; saṁskāra kari’trimming; kare nivedanaoffers to the Deity.

Translation

“All these fruits are collected from distant places and bought at a high price. After trimming them with great care and purity, Rāghava Paṇḍita offers them to the Deity.
এই মত ব্যঞ্জনের শাক, মূল, ফল ।
এত মত চিড়া, হুড়ুম, সন্দেশ সকল ॥ ৮৮ ॥
ei mata vyañjanera śāka, mūla, phala
ei mata ciḍā, huḍuma, sandeśa sakala

Synonyms

ei matain this way; vyañjaneraof vegetables; śākaspinach; mūlaradishes; phalafruits; ei matain this way; ciḍāchipped rice; huḍumapowdered rice; sandeśasweetmeats; sakalaall.

Translation

“Thus with great care and attention Rāghava Paṇḍita prepares spinach, other vegetables, radishes, fruits, chipped rice, powdered rice and sweetmeats.
এইমত পিঠা-পানা, ক্ষীর-ওদন ।
পরম পবিত্র, আর করে সর্বোত্তম ॥ ৮৯ ॥
ei-mata piṭhā-pānā, kṣīra-odana
parama pavitra, āra kare sarvottama

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; piṭhā-pānācakes and sweet rice; kṣīra-odanacondensed milk; parama pavitrahighly purified; āraand; karehe makes; sarva-uttamafirst class, tasteful.

Translation

“He prepares cakes, sweet rice, condensed milk and everything else with great attention, and the cooking conditions are purified so that the food is first class and delicious.
কাশম্‌দি, আচার আদি অনেক প্রকার ।
গন্ধ, বস্ত্র, অলঙ্কার, সর্ব দ্রব্য-সার ॥ ৯০ ॥
kāśamdi, ācāra ādi aneka prakāra
gandha, vastra, alaṅkāra, sarva dravya-sāra

Synonyms

kāśamdia kind of pickle; ācāraother pickles; ādiand so on; aneka prakāraof many varieties; gandhascents; vastraclothing; alaṅkāraornaments; sarvaall; dravyaof things; sārabest.

Translation

“Rāghava Paṇḍita also offers all kinds of pickles, such as kāśamdi. He offers various scents, garments, ornaments and the best of everything.
এইমত প্রেমের সেবা করে অনুপম ।
যাহা দেখি’ সর্বলোকের জুড়ায় নয়ন ॥ ৯১ ॥
ei-mata premera sevā kare anupama
yāhā dekhi’ sarva-lokera juḍāya nayana

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; premera sevāservice in love; kareperforms; anupamawithout comparison; yāhā dekhi’seeing which; sarva-lokeraof all people; juḍāyabecome pleased; nayanathe eyes.

Translation

“Thus Rāghava Paṇḍita serves the Lord in an incomparable way. Everyone is very much satisfied just to see him.”
এত বলি’ রাঘবেরে কৈল আলিঙ্গনে ।
এইমত সম্মানিল সর্ব ভক্তগণে ॥ ৯২ ॥
eta bali’ rāghavere kaila āliṅgane
ei-mata sammānila sarva bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; rāghavereRāghava Paṇḍita; kaila āliṅganeHe embraced; ei-matain this way; sammānilashowed respect; sarvaall; bhakta-gaṇeto the devotees.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then mercifully embraced Rāghava Paṇḍita. The Lord also offered all the other devotees a farewell with similar respect.
শিবানন্দ সেনে কহে করিয়া সম্মান ।
বাসুদেব-দত্তের তুমি করিহ সমাধান ॥ ৯৩ ॥
śivānanda sene kahe kariyā sammāna
vāsudeva-dattera tumi kariha samādhāna

Synonyms

śivānanda seneunto Śivānanda Sena; kahesays; kariyā sammānawith great respect; vāsudeva-datteraof Vāsudeva Datta; tumiyou; karihatake; samādhānacare.

Translation

The Lord also respectfully told Śivānanda Sena, “Take care of Vāsudeva Datta very nicely.
পরম উদার ইঁহো, যে দিন যে আইসে ।
সেই দিনে ব্যয় করে, নাহি রাখে শেষে ॥ ৯৪ ॥
parama udāra iṅho, ye dina ye āise
sei dine vyaya kare, nāhi rākhe śeṣe

Synonyms

parama udāravery liberal; iṅhohe; ye dinaevery day; ye āisewhatever he gets; sei dineon that very day; vyaya karespends; nāhidoes not; rākhekeep; śeṣeany balance.

Translation

“Vāsudeva Datta is very liberal. Every day, whatever income he receives, he spends. He does not keep any balance.
‘গৃহস্থ’ হয়েন ইঁহো, চাহিয়ে সঞ্চয় ।
সঞ্চয় না কৈলে কুটুম্ব-ভরণ নাহি হয় ॥ ৯৫ ॥
‘gṛhastha’ hayena iṅho, cāhiye sañcaya
sañcaya nā kaile kuṭumba-bharaṇa nāhi haya

Synonyms

gṛhasthahouseholder; hayenais; iṅhohe (Vāsudeva Datta); cāhiye sañcayarequires to save some money; sañcaya kailewithout saving money; kuṭumba-bharaṇamaintenance of a family; nāhi hayais not possible.

Translation

“Being a householder, Vāsudeva Datta needs to save some money. Because he is not doing so, it is very difficult for him to maintain his family.
ইহার ঘরের আয়-ব্যয় সব — তোমার স্থানে ।
‘সরখেল’ হঞা তুমি করিহ সমাধানে ॥ ৯৬ ॥
ihāra gharera āya-vyaya saba — tomāra sthāne
‘sara khela’ hañā tumi kariha samādhāne

Synonyms

ihāraof Vāsudeva Datta; ghareraof household affairs; āya-vyayaincome and expenditures; sabaall; tomāra sthāneat your place; sara khela hañābeing the manager; tumiyou; kariha samādhānearrange.

Translation

“Please take care of Vāsudeva Datta’s family affairs. Become his manager and make the proper adjustments.

Purport

Vāsudeva Datta and Śivānanda Sena were living in the same neighborhood, which is presently called Kumārahaṭṭa or Hālisahara.
প্রতিবর্ষে আমার সব ভক্তগণ লঞা ।
গুণ্ডিচায় আসিবে সবায় পালন করিয়া ॥ ৯৭ ॥
prati-varṣe āmāra saba bhakta-gaṇa lañā
guṇḍicāya āsibe sabāya pālana kariyā

Synonyms

prati-varṣeeach and every year; āmāraMy; sabaall; bhakta-gaṇa lañāaccompanied by the devotees; guṇḍicāyato perform the Guṇḍicā cleansing festival; āsibeyou will come; sabāyato everyone; pālana kariyāproviding maintenance.

Translation

“Come every year and bring all My devotees with you to the Guṇḍicā festival. I also request you to maintain all of them.”
কুলীনগ্ৰামীরে কহে সম্মান করিয়া ।
প্রত্যব্দ আসিবে যাত্রায় পট্টডোরী লঞা ॥ ৯৮ ॥
kulīna-grāmīre kahe sammāna kariyā
pratyabda āsibe yātrāya paṭṭa-ḍorī lañā

Synonyms

kulīna-grāmīreunto the inhabitants of Kulīna-grāma; kahesays; sammāna kariyāwith great respect; prati-abdaeach year; āsibeplease come; yātrāyaduring the Ratha-yātrā festival; paṭṭa-ḍorīsilken rope; lañātaking.

Translation

The Lord then with great respect extended an invitation to all the inhabitants of Kulīna-grāma, asking them to come every year and bring silken rope to carry Lord Jagannātha during the Ratha-yātrā festival.
গুণরাজ-খাঁন কৈল শ্রীকৃষ্ণবিজয় ।
তাহাঁ একবাক্য তাঁর আছে প্রেমময় ॥ ৯৯ ॥
guṇarāja-khāṅna kaila śrī-kṛṣṇa-vijaya
tāhāṅ eka-vākya tāṅra āche premamaya

Synonyms

guṇarāja-khāṅnaGuṇarāja Khān; kailacompiled; śrī-kṛṣṇa-vijayathe book named Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya; tāhāṅthere; eka-vākyaone sentence; tāṅraof it; ācheis; prema-mayafull of love of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “Guṇarāja Khān of Kulīna-grāma compiled a book named Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya, in which there is a sentence revealing the author’s ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa.”

Purport

Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya is a book of poems considered to be the first poetry book written in Bengal. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that this book was begun in the year 1395 Śakābda (A.D. 1473). After seven years, it was completed (in 1402 Śakābda). This book was written in plain language, and even half-educated Bengalis and women could read it very clearly. Even ordinary men with little knowledge of the alphabet could read this book and understand it. Its language is not very ornamental, and sometimes the poetry is not very sweet to hear. Although according to the sonnet style each line should contain fourteen syllables, there are sometimes sixteen, twelve or thirteen syllables in his verse. Many words used in those days could be understood only by local inhabitants, yet this book is still so popular that no bookstore is complete without it. It is very valuable for those who are interested in advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Śrī Guṇarāja Khān was one of the topmost Vaiṣṇavas, and he translated the Tenth and Eleventh Cantos of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam for the understanding of the common man. The book Śrī Kṛṣṇa-vijaya was highly praised by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and it is very valuable for all Vaiṣṇavas. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives a genealogical table and family history of Guṇarāja Khān. When a Bengali emperor named Ādiśūra first came from Kānyakubja, or Kānauj, he brought with him five brāhmaṇas and five kāyasthas. Since the king is supposed to be accompanied by his associates, the brāhmaṇas accompanied the King to help him in higher spiritual matters. The kāyasthas were to render other services. In the northern Indian high country, the kāyasthas are accepted as śūdras, but in Bengal the kāyasthas are considered among the higher castes. It is a fact that the kāyasthas came to Bengal from northern India, specifically from Kānyakubja, or Kānauj. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura says that the kāyasthas who came from Kānyakubja were high-class men. Of them, Daśaratha Vasu was a great personality, and the thirteenth generation of his family included Guṇarāja Khān.
His real name was Mālādhara Vasu, but the title Khān was given to him by the Emperor of Bengal. Thus he became known as Guṇarāja Khān. Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following genealogical table of Guṇarāja Khān: (1) Daśaratha Vasu; (2) Kuśala; (3) Śubhaśaṅkara; (4) Haṁsa; (5) Śaktirāma (Bāgāṇḍā), Muktirāma (Māinagara) and Alaṅkāra (Baṅgaja); (6) Dāmodara; (7) Anantarāma; (8) Guṇīnāyaka and Vīṇānāyaka. The twelfth generation included Bhagīratha, and the thirteenth Mālādhara Vasu, or Guṇarāja Khān. Śrī Guṇarāja Khān had fourteen sons, of whom the second son, Lakṣmīnātha Vasu, received the title Satyarāja Khān. His son was Śrī Rāmānanda Vasu; therefore Rāmānanda Vasu belonged to the fifteenth generation. Guṇarāja Khān was a very well known and wealthy man. His palace, fort and temples are still existing, and from these we can deduce that the opulence of Guṇarāja Khān was certainly very great. Śrī Guṇarāja Khān never cared for the artificial aristocracy introduced by Ballāl Sena.
“নন্দনন্দন কৃষ্ণ — মোর প্রাণনাথ” ।
এই বাক্যে বিকাইনু তাঁর বংশের হাত ॥ ১০০ ॥
“nandanandana kṛṣṇa — mora prāṇa-nātha”
ei vākye vikāinu tāṅra vaṁśera hāta

Synonyms

nanda-nandana kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja; mora prāṇa-nāthamy life and soul; ei vākyebecause of this statement; vikāinuI became sold; tāṅraof him; vaṁśera hātain the hands of the descendants.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “ ‘Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja, is my life and soul.’ By this statement I am sold into the hands of the descendants of Guṇarāja Khān.

Purport

The full verse-referred to here is:
eka-bhāve vanda hari yoḍa kari’ hāta
nandanandana kṛṣṇa — mora prāṇa-nātha
“With folded hands I offer my prayers unto Kṛṣṇa, Nanda Mahārāja’s son, who is my life and soul.”
তোমার কি কথা, তোমার গ্রামের কুক্কুর ।
সেহ মোর প্রিয়, অন্যজন রহু দূর ॥ ১০১ ॥
tomāra ki kathā, tomāra grāmera kukkura
sei mora priya, anya-jana rahu dūra

Synonyms

tomāraof you; ki kathāwhat to speak; tomāraof your; grāmeravillage; kukkuraa dog; seithat; morato Me; priyavery dear; anya-janaothers; rahu dūraapart from.

Translation

“To say nothing of you, even a dog living in your village is very dear to Me. What, then, to speak of others?”
তবে রামানন্দ, আর সত্যরাজ খাঁন ।
প্রভুর চরণে কিছু কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১০২ ॥
tabe rāmānanda, āra satyarāja khāṅna
prabhura caraṇe kichu kaila nivedana

Synonyms

tabeafter this; rāmānandaRāmānanda Vasu; āraand; satyarāja khāṅnaSatyarāja Khān; prabhura caraṇeat the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kichusome; kailamade; nivedanasubmission.

Translation

After this, Rāmānanda Vasu and Satyarāja Khān both submitted questions at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
গৃহস্থ বিষয়ী আমি, কি মোর সাধনে ।
শ্রীমুখে আজ্ঞা কর প্রভু — নিবেদি চরণে ॥ ১০৩ ॥
gṛhastha viṣayī āmi, ki mora sādhane
śrī-mukhe ājñā kara prabhu — nivedi caraṇe

Synonyms

gṛhasthahouseholder; viṣayīmaterialistic man; āmiI; kiwhat; mora sādhanethe process of my advancement in spiritual life; śrī-mukhefrom Your own mouth; ājñā karaplease order; prabhumy Lord; nivedi caraṇeI submit unto Your lotus feet.

Translation

Satyarāja Khān said, “My dear Lord, being a householder and a materialistic man, I do not know the process of advancing in spiritual life. I therefore submit myself unto Your lotus feet and request You to give me orders.”
প্রভু কহেন, — ‘কৃষ্ণসেবা’, ‘বৈষ্ণব-সেবন’ ।
‘নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন’ ॥ ১০৪ ॥
prabhu kahena, — ‘kṛṣṇa-sevā’, ‘vaiṣṇava-sevana’
‘nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana’

Synonyms

prabhu kahenathe Lord replied; kṛṣṇa-sevāserving Kṛṣṇa; vaiṣṇava-sevanaabiding by the orders of Vaiṣṇavas; nirantarawithout cessation; karado; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Without cessation continue chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Whenever possible, serve Him and His devotees, the Vaiṣṇavas.”
সত্যরাজ বলে, — বৈষ্ণব চিনিব কেমনে ?
কে বৈষ্ণব, কহ তাঁর সামান্য লক্ষণে ॥ ১০৫ ॥
satyarāja bale, — vaiṣṇava ciniba kemane?
ke vaiṣṇava, kaha tāṅra sāmānya lakṣaṇe

Synonyms

satyarāja baleSatyarāja Khān said; vaiṣṇavaa Vaiṣṇava; ciniba kemanehow shall I recognize; ke vaiṣṇavawho is a Vaiṣṇava; kahaplease say; tāṅraof him; sāmānya lakṣaṇecommon symptoms.

Translation

Upon hearing this, Satyarāja said, “How can I recognize a Vaiṣṇava? Please let me know what a Vaiṣṇava is. What are his common symptoms?”
প্রভু কহে, — “যাঁর মুখে শুনি একবার ।
কৃষ্ণনাম, সেই পূজ্য, — শ্রেষ্ঠ সবাকার ॥” ১০৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “yāṅra mukhe śuni eka-bāra
kṛṣṇa-nāma, sei pūjya, — śreṣṭha sabākāra”

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; yāṅra mukhein whose mouth; śuniI hear; eka-bāraonce; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; sei pūjyahe is worshipable; śreṣṭha sabākārathe best of all human beings.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Whoever chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa just once is worshipable and is the topmost human being.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura says that a person who simply chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa once becomes perfect and should be regarded as a Vaiṣṇava. This is confirmed by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Upadeśāmṛta (5): kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta. With such faith in the holy name one may begin a life of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. But an ordinary person cannot chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa with such faith. One should accept the holy name of Kṛṣṇa to be identical with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Transcendence Himself. As the Padma Purāṇa states, “The holy name of Kṛṣṇa is identical with Kṛṣṇa and is like a cintāmaṇi gem, a touchstone. That name is Kṛṣṇa personified in sound and is therefore perfectly transcendental and eternally liberated from material contamination.” Thus one should understand that the name “Kṛṣṇa” and Kṛṣṇa Himself are identical. Having such faith, one must continue to chant the holy name.
When one is situated on the neophyte platform, one cannot understand the devotional ingredients of a pure, unalloyed devotee. However, when the novice engages in devotional service — especially in Deity worship — and follows the order of a bona fide spiritual master, he is a pure devotee. Anyone can take advantage of hearing about Kṛṣṇa consciousness from such a devotee and thus gradually become purified. In other words, any devotee who believes that the holy name of the Lord is identical with the Lord is a pure devotee, even though he may be in the neophyte stage. By his association, others may also become Vaiṣṇavas.
One is known as a materialistic devotee if he simply worships the Deity of Hari with faith but does not show proper respect to the devotees and to others. This is stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.47):
arcāyām eva harayepūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate
na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu
sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ
Yet even by associating with such a neophyte devotee, one can become a devotee also. When Lord Caitanya was teaching Sanātana Gosvāmī, He said:
śraddhāvān jana haya bhakti-adhikārī
‘uttama’, ‘madhyama’, ‘kaniṣṭha’ — śraddhā-anusārī
yāhāra komala-śraddhā, se ‘kaniṣṭha’ jana
krame krame teṅho bhakta ha-ibe ‘uttama’
rati-prema-tāratamye bhakta-taratama
“A person who has attained firm faith is a real candidate for advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. According to the faith, there are first-class, second-class and neophyte devotees. One who has preliminary faith is called a kaniṣṭha-adhikārī, or a neophyte. The neophyte, however, can become an advanced devotee if he strictly follows the regulative principles set down by the spiritual master. Therefore it is on the basis of faith and attachment to Kṛṣṇa that one can judge who is a madhyama-adhikārī or an uttama-adhikārī.” (Cc. Madhya 22.64, 69, 71)
It is thus concluded that even a neophyte devotee is superior to the karmīs and jñānīs because he has full faith in chanting the holy name of the Lord. A karmī or a jñānī, regardless of his greatness, has no faith in Lord Viṣṇu, His holy name or His devotional service. One may be advanced religiously, but if he is not trained in devotional service, he has very little credit on the transcendental platform. Even a neophyte devotee engaged in Deity worship in accordance with the regulations set forth by the spiritual master is in a position superior to that of the fruitive worker and speculative philosopher.
“এক কৃষ্ণনামে করে সর্ব-পাপ ক্ষয় ।
নববিধা ভক্তি পূর্ণ নাম হৈতে হয় ॥ ১০৭ ॥
“eka kṛṣṇa-nāme kare sarva-pāpa kṣaya
nava-vidhā bhakti pūrṇa nāma haite haya

Synonyms

eka kṛṣṇa-nāmeone holy name of Kṛṣṇa; karecan do; sarva-pāpaof all sinful reactions; kṣayadestruction; nava-vidhānine processes; bhaktiof devotional service; pūrṇacomplete; nāma haitesimply by chanting the holy name; hayaare.

Translation

“Simply by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa once, a person is relieved from all the reactions of a sinful life. One can complete the nine processes of devotional service simply by chanting the holy name.

Purport

The nine types of devotional service are mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.23):
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥsmaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam
arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ
sakhyam ātma-nivedanam
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇaubhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā
kriyeta bhagavaty addhā
tan manye ’dhītam uttamam
“The process of devotional service entails hearing, chanting and remembering the holy name, form, pastimes, qualities and entourage of the Lord, offering service according to the time, place and performer, worshiping the Deity, offering prayers, always considering oneself the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, making friends with Him and dedicating everything unto Him. These nine items of devotional service, when directly offered to Kṛṣṇa, constitute the highest attainment of life. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.”
As for being freed from all sinful reactions by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa only once, one must chant the holy name without committing any offenses. Then chanting one name is sufficient to rescue a living being from all sinful reactions. Such a person who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly is very important and woshipable. Indeed, the nine devotional processes, beginning with śravaṇa and kīrtana, can all be attained at once if one simply chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly.
In this regard, Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī states in his book Bhakti-sandarbha (173): yadyapi anyā bhaktiḥ kalau kartavyā, tadā; kīrtanākhya-bhakti-saṁyogenaiva. Out of the nine processes of devotional service, kīrtana is very important. Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī therefore instructs that the other processes, such as arcana, vandana, dāsya and sakhya, should be executed, but they must be preceded and followed by kīrtana, the chanting of the holy name. We have therefore introduced this system in all of our centers. Arcana, ārati, bhoga offering, Deity dressing and decoration are all preceded and followed by the chanting of the holy name of the Lord — Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
দীক্ষা-পুরশ্চর্যা-বিধি অপেক্ষা না করে ।
জিহ্বা-স্পর্শে আ-চণ্ডাল সবারে উদ্ধারে ॥ ১০৮ ॥
dīkṣā-puraścaryā-vidhi apekṣā nā kare
jihvā-sparśe ā-caṇḍāla sabāre uddhāre

Synonyms

dīkṣāinitiation; puraścaryāactivities before initiation; vidhiregulative principles; apekṣāreliance on; not; karedoes; jihvāthe tongue; sparśeby touching; ā-caṇḍālaeven the lowest of men, the caṇḍāla; sabāreeveryone; uddhāredelivers.

Translation

“One does not have to undergo initiation or execute the activities required before initiation. One simply has to vibrate the holy name with his lips. Thus even a man in the lowest class [caṇḍāla] can be delivered.

Purport

Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī explains dīkṣā in his Bhakti-sandarbha (283):
divyaṁ jñānaṁ yato dadyātkuryāt pāpasya saṅkṣayam
tasmāt dīkṣeti sā proktā
deśikais tattva-kovidaiḥ
Dīkṣā is the process by which one can awaken his transcendental knowledge and vanquish all reactions caused by sinful activity. A person expert in the study of the revealed scriptures knows this process as dīkṣā.” The regulative principles of dīkṣā are explained in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.3-4) and the Bhakti-sandarbha (283). As stated:
dvijānām anupetānāṁsvakarmādhyayanādiṣu
yathādhikāro nāstīha
syāc copanayanād anu
tathātrādīkṣitānāṁ tu
mantra-devārcanādiṣu
nādhikāro ’sty ataḥ kuryād
ātmānaṁ śiva-saṁstutam
“Even though born in a brāhmaṇa family, one cannot engage in Vedic rituals without being initiated and having a sacred thread. Although born in a brāhmaṇa family, one becomes a brāhmaṇa only after initiation and the sacred thread ceremony. Unless one is initiated as a brāhmaṇa, one cannot worship the holy name properly.”
According to the Vaiṣṇava regulative principles, one must be initiated as a brāhmaṇa. The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.6) quotes the following injunction from the Viṣṇu-yāmala:
adīkṣitasya vāmorukṛtaṁ sarvaṁ nirarthakam
paśu-yonim avāpnoti
dīkṣā-virahito janaḥ
“ ‘Unless one is initiated by a bona fide spiritual master, all his devotional activities are useless. A person who is not properly initiated can descend again into the animal species.’ ”
Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (2.10) further quotes:
ato guruṁ praṇamyaivaṁsarva-svaṁ vinivedya ca
gṛhṇīyād vaiṣṇavaṁ mantraṁ
dīkṣā-pūrvaṁ vidhānataḥ
“ ‘It is the duty of every human being to surrender to a bona fide spiritual master. Giving him everything — body, mind and intelligence — one must take Vaiṣṇava initiation from him.’ ”
The Bhakti-sandarbha (298) gives the following quotation from the Tattva-sāgara:
yathā kāñcanatāṁ yātikāṁsyaṁ rasa-vidhānataḥ
tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena
dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām
“ ‘By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of a brāhmaṇa.’ ”
The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (17.11-12), in discussing the puraścaryā process, quotes the following verses from the Agastya-saṁhitā:
pūjā traikālikī nityaṁjapas tarpaṇam eva ca
homo brāhmaṇa-bhuktiś ca
puraścaraṇam ucyate
guror labdhasya mantrasyaprasādena yathā-vidhi
pañcāṅgopāsanā-siddhyai
puraś caitad vidhīyate
“ ‘In the morning, afternoon and evening one should worship the Deity, chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, offer oblations, perform a fire sacrifice and feed the brāhmaṇas. These five activities constitute puraścaryā. To attain full success when taking initiation from the spiritual master, one should first perform these puraścaryā processes.’ ”
The word puraḥ means “before,” and caryā means “activities.” Due to the necessity of these activities, we do not immediately initiate disciples in the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. For six months, a candidate for initiation must first attend ārati and classes in the śāstras, practice the regulative principles and associate with other devotees. When one is actually advanced in the puraścaryā-vidhi, he is recommended by the local temple president for initiation. It is not that anyone can be suddenly initiated without meeting the requirements. When one is further advanced by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra sixteen rounds daily, following the regulative principles and attending classes, he receives the sacred thread (brahminical recognition) after the second six months.
In the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (17.4-5, 7) it is stated:
vinā yena na siddhaḥ syānmantro varṣa-śatair api
kṛtena yena labhate
sādhako vāñchitaṁ phalam
puraścaraṇa-sampannomantro hi phala-dhāyakaḥ
ataḥ puraṣkriyāṁ kuryāt
mantra-vit siddhi-kaṅkṣayā
puraṣkriyā hi mantrāṇāṁpradhānaṁ vīryam ucyate
vīrya-hīno yathā dehī
sarva-karmasu na kṣamaḥ
puraścaraṇa-hīno hi
tathā mantraḥ prakīrtitaḥ
“Without performing the puraścaryā activities, one cannot become perfect even by chanting this mantra for hundreds of years. But one who has undergone the puraścaryā-vidhi process can attain success very easily. If one wishes to perfect his initiation, he must first undergo the puraścaryā activities. The puraścaryā process is the life force by which one is successful in chanting the mantra. Without the life force, one cannot do anything; similarly, without the life force of puraścaryā-vidhi, no mantra can be perfected.”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (283-84), Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī describes the importance of Deity worship and initiation (dīkṣā) as follows:
yadyapi śrī-bhāgavata-mate pañcarātrādi-vat arcana-mārgasya āvaśyakatvaṁ nāsti, tad vināpi śaraṇāpattyādīnām ekatareṇāpi puruṣārtha-siddher abhihitatvāt, tathāpi śrī-nāradādi-vartmānusaradbhiḥ śrī-bhagavatā saha sambandha-viśeṣaṁ dīkṣā-vidhānena śrī-guru-caraṇa-sampāditaṁ cikīrṣadbhiḥ kṛtāyāṁ dīkṣāyām arcanam avaśyaṁ kriyetaiva.
yadyapi svarūpato nāsti, tathāpi prāyaḥ svabhāvato dehādi-sambandhena kadarya-śīlānāṁ vikṣipta-cittānāṁ janānāṁ tat-tat-saṅkocī-karaṇāya śrīmad-ṛṣi-prabhṛtibhir atrārcana-mārge kvacit kvacit kācit kācin maryādā sthāpitāsti.
“It is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam’s opinion that the process of Deity worship is not actually necessary, just as the specific prescriptions of the Pañcarātra and other scriptures do not have to be followed. The Bhāgavatam enjoins that even without practicing Deity worship one can achieve the complete success of human life by any of the other devotional processes, such as simply offering oneself at the Lord’s feet for His protection. Nonetheless, Vaiṣṇavas following the path of Śrī Nārada and his successors endeavor to establish a personal relationship with the Lord by receiving the grace of a bona fide spiritual master through initiation, and in this tradition the devotees are obliged at the time of initiation to begin engaging in Deity worship.
“Although Deity worship is not essential, the material conditioning of most candidates for devotional service requires that they engage in this activity. When we consider their bodily and mental conditions, we find that the character of such candidates is impure and their minds are agitated. Therefore, to rectify this material conditioning the great sage Nārada and others have at different times recommended various kinds of regulations for Deity worship.”
Similarly, the Rāmārcana-candrikā states:
vinaiva dīkṣāṁ viprendrapuraścaryāṁ vinaiva hi
vinaiva nyāsa-vidhinā
japa-mātreṇa siddhi-dā
“O best of the brāhmaṇas, even without initiation, preliminary purification or acceptance of the renounced order, one can attain perfection in devotional service simply by chanting the Lord’s holy name.”
In other words, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is so powerful that it does not depend on official initiation, but if one is initiated and engages in pañcarātra-vidhi (Deity worship), his Kṛṣṇa consciousness will awaken very soon, and his identification with the material world will be vanquished. The more one is freed from material identification, the more one can realize that the spirit soul is qualitatively as good as the Supreme Soul. At such a time, when one is situated on the absolute platform, one can understand that the holy name of the Lord and the Lord Himself are identical. At that stage of realization, the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, cannot be identified with any material sound. If one accepts the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra as a material vibration, he falls down. One should worship and chant the holy name of the Lord by accepting it as the Lord Himself. One should therefore be initiated properly according to revealed scriptures under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master. Although chanting the holy name is good for both the conditioned and liberated soul, it is especially beneficial to the conditioned soul because by chanting it one is liberated. When a person who chants the holy name is liberated, he attains the ultimate perfection by returning home, back to Godhead. In the words of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Ādi 7.73):
kṛṣṇa-mantra haite habe saṁsāra-mocana
kṛṣṇa-nāma haite pābe kṛṣṇera caraṇa
“Simply by chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa one can obtain freedom from material existence. Indeed, simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra one will be able to see the lotus feet of the Lord.”
The offenseless chanting of the holy name does not depend on the initiation process. Although initiation may depend on puraścaryā or puraścaraṇa, the actual chanting of the holy name does not depend on puraścaryā-vidhi, or the regulative principles. If one chants the holy name even once without committing an offense, he attains all success. During the chanting of the holy name, the tongue must work. Simply by chanting the holy name, one is immediately delivered. The tongue is sevonmukha-jihvā — it is controlled by service. One whose tongue is engaged in tasting material things and also talking about them cannot use the tongue for absolute realization.
ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādina bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau
svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
“With the material senses one cannot understand the transcendental holy name of the Lord or His form, activities and pastimes. But when one actually engages in devotional service, utilizing the tongue, the Lord is revealed.” As it is said in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 17.134):
ataeva kṛṣṇera ‘nāma’, ‘deha’, ‘vilāsa’,
prākṛtendriya-grāhya nahe, haya sva-prakāśa
“The holy name of Kṛṣṇa, His body and His pastimes cannot be understood by the blunt material senses. They are manifested independently.”
অনুষঙ্গ-ফলে করে সংসারের ক্ষয় ।
চিত্ত আকর্ষিয়া করায় কৃষ্ণে প্রেমোদয় ॥ ১০৯ ॥
anuṣaṅga-phale kare saṁsārera kṣaya
citta ākarṣiyā karāya kṛṣṇe premodaya

Synonyms

anuṣaṅga-phaleas a simultaneous result; karedoes; saṁsārera kṣayaannihilation of entanglement in the material world; cittathought; ākarṣiyāattracting; karāyacauses; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; prema-udayaarousal of transcendental love.

Translation

“By chanting the holy name of the Lord, one dissolves his entanglement in material activities. After this, one becomes very much attracted to Kṛṣṇa, and thus dormant love for Kṛṣṇa is awakened.
আকৃষ্টিঃ কৃতচেতসাং সুমনসামুচ্চাটনং চাংহসা-
মাচণ্ডালমমূকলোকসুলভো বশ্যশ্চ মুক্তিশ্রিয়ঃ ।
নো দীক্ষাং ন চ সৎক্রিয়াং ন চ পুরশ্চর্যাং মনাগীক্ষতে
মন্ত্রোঽয়ং রসনাস্পৃগেব ফলতি শ্রীকৃষ্ণ-নামাত্মকঃ ॥ ১১০ ॥
ākṛṣṭiḥ kṛta-cetasāṁ su-manasām uccāṭanaṁ cāṁhasām
ācaṇḍālam amūka-loka-sulabho vaśyaś ca mukti-śriyaḥ
no dīkṣāṁ na ca sat-kriyāṁ na ca puraścaryāṁ manāg īkṣate
mantro ’yaṁ rasanā-spṛg eva phalati śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmātmakaḥ

Synonyms

ākṛṣṭiḥattraction; kṛta-cetasāmof saintly persons; su-manasāmof the most liberal-minded; uccāṭanamannihilator; caalso; aṁhasāmof sinful reactions; ā-caṇḍālameven to the caṇḍālas; amūkaexcept the dumb; loka-su-labhaḥvery easy to achieve for all persons; vaśyaḥfull controller; caand; mukti-śriyaḥof the opulence of liberation; na unot; dīkṣāminitiation; nanot; caalso; sat-kriyāmpious activities; nanot; caalso; puraścaryāmregulative principles before initiation; manākslightly; īkṣatedepends upon; mantraḥmantra; ayamthis; rasanātongue; spṛktouching; evasimply; phalatiis fruitful; śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāma-ātmakaḥconsisting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“ ‘The holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa is an attractive feature for many saintly, liberal people. It is the annihilator of all sinful reactions and is so powerful that, save for the dumb who cannot chant it, it is readily available to everyone, including the lowest type of man, the caṇḍāla. The holy name of Kṛṣṇa is the controller of the opulence of liberation, and it is identical with Kṛṣṇa. When a person simply chants the holy name with his tongue, immediate effects are produced. Chanting the holy name does not depend on initiation, pious activities or the puraścaryā regulative principles generally observed before initiation. The holy name does not wait for any of these activities. It is self-sufficient.’ ”

Purport

This verse is found in the Padyāvalī (29), an anthology of verses compiled by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
“অতএব যাঁর মুখে এক কৃষ্ণনাম ।
সেই ত’ বৈষ্ণব, করিহ তাঁহার সম্মান ॥” ১১১ ॥
“ataeva yāṅra mukhe eka kṛṣṇa-nāma
sei ta’ vaiṣṇava, kariha tāṅhāra sammāna”

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; yāṅra mukhein whose mouth; ekaone; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Kṛṣṇa; sei ta’ vaiṣṇavahe is a Vaiṣṇava; karihaoffer; tāṅhārato him; sammānarespect.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then finally advised, “One who is chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra is understood to be a Vaiṣṇava; therefore you should offer all respects to him.”

Purport

In his Upadeśāmṛta, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī states: kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta dīkṣāsti cet praṇatibhiś ca bhajantam īśam. An advanced devotee should respect a person who has been initiated by a bona fide spiritual master and who is situated on the transcendental platform, chanting the holy name with faith and obeisances and following the instructions of the spiritual master. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura comments that serving Vaiṣṇavas is most important for householders. Whether a Vaiṣṇava is properly initiated or not is not a subject for consideration. One may be initiated and yet contaminated by the Māyāvāda philosophy, but a person who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly will not be so contaminated. A properly initiated Vaiṣṇava may be imperfect, but one who chants the holy name of the Lord offenselessly is all-perfect. Although he may apparently be a neophyte, he still has to be considered a pure, unalloyed Vaiṣṇava. It is the duty of the householder to offer respects to such an unalloyed Vaiṣṇava. This is Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instruction.
খণ্ডের মুকুন্দদাস, শ্রীরঘুনন্দন ।
শ্রীনরহরি, — এই মুখ্য তিন জন ॥ ১১২ ॥
khaṇḍera mukunda-dāsa, śrī-raghunandana
śrī-narahari, — ei mukhya tina jana

Synonyms

khaṇḍeraof the place known as Khaṇḍa; mukunda-dāsaMukunda dāsa; śrī-raghunandanaŚrī Raghunandana; śrī-narahariŚrī Narahari; eithese; mukhyachief; tinathree; janapersons.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then turned His attention to three persons — Mukunda dāsa, Raghunandana and Śrī Narahari — inhabitants of the place called Khaṇḍa.
মুকুন্দ দাসেরে পুছে শচীর নন্দন ।
‘তুমি — পিতা, পুত্র তোমার — শ্রীরঘুনন্দন ? ১১৩ ॥
mukunda dāsere puche śacīra nandana
‘tumi — pitā, putra tomāra — śrī-raghunandana?

Synonyms

mukunda dāsereunto Mukunda dāsa; pucheinquired; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī; tumiyou; pitāfather; putrason; tomārayour; śrī-raghunandanaŚrī Raghunandana.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of mother Śacī, next asked Mukunda dāsa, “You are the father, and your son is Raghunandana. Is that so?
কিবা রঘুনন্দন — পিতা, তুমি — তার তনয় ?
নিশ্চয় করিয়া কহ, যাউক সংশয় ॥’ ১১৪ ॥
kibā raghunandana — pitā, tumi — tāra tanaya?
niścaya kariyā kaha, yāuka saṁśaya’

Synonyms

kibāor; raghunandanaRaghunandana; pitāfather; tumiyou; tārahis; tanayason; niścaya kariyāmaking certain; kahajust speak; yāuka saṁśayalet My doubts be dissipated.

Translation

“Or is Śrīla Raghunandana your father and you are his son? Please let Me know the facts so that My doubts will go away.”
মুকুন্দ কহে, — রঘুনন্দন মোর ‘পিতা’ হয় ।
আমি তার ‘পুত্র’, — এই আমার নিশ্চয় ॥ ১১৫ ॥
mukunda kahe, — raghunandana mora ‘pitā’ haya
āmi tāra ‘putra’, — ei āmāra niścaya

Synonyms

mukunda kaheMukunda dāsa replied; raghunandanamy son Raghunandana; moramy; pitāfather; hayais; āmiI; tārahis; putrason; eithis; āmāramy; niścayadecision.

Translation

Mukunda replied, “Raghunandana is my father, and I am his son. This is my decision.
আমা সবার কৃষ্ণভক্তি রঘুনন্দন হৈতে ।
অতএব পিতা — রঘুনন্দন আমার নিশ্চিতে ॥ ১১৬ ॥
āmā sabāra kṛṣṇa-bhakti raghunandana haite
ataeva pitā — raghunandana āmāra niścite

Synonyms

āmā sabāraof all of us; kṛṣṇa-bhaktidevotion to Kṛṣṇa; raghunandana haitebecause of Raghunandana; ataevatherefore; pitāfather; raghunandanaRaghunandana; āmāra niścitemy decision.

Translation

“All of us have attained devotion to Kṛṣṇa due to Raghunandana. Therefore in my mind he is my father.”
শুনি’ হর্ষে কহে প্রভু — “কহিলে নিশ্চয় ।
যাঁহা হৈতে কৃষ্ণভক্তি সেই গুরু হয়” ॥ ১১৭ ॥
śuni’ harṣe kahe prabhu — “kahile niścaya
yāṅhā haite kṛṣṇa-bhakti sei guru haya”

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; harṣein great jubilation; kahe prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; kahile niścayayou have spoken correctly; yāṅhā haitefrom whom; kṛṣṇa-bhaktidevotion to Kṛṣṇa; seithat person; guru hayais the spiritual master.

Translation

Hearing Mukunda dāsa give this proper decision, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirmed it, saying, “Yes, it is correct. One who awakens devotion to Kṛṣṇa is certainly the spiritual master.”
ভক্তের মহিমা প্রভু কহিতে পায় সুখ ।
ভক্তের মহিমা কহিতে হয় পঞ্চমুখ ॥ ১১৮ ॥
bhaktera mahimā prabhu kahite pāya sukha
bhaktera mahimā kahite haya pañca-mukha

Synonyms

bhaktera mahimāthe glories of a devotee; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahiteto speak; pāya sukhagets happiness; bhaktera mahimāthe glories of a devotee; kahiteto speak; hayabecomes; pañca-mukhafive-faced.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became very happy just to speak of the glories of His devotees. Indeed, when He spoke of their glories, it was as if He had five faces.
ভক্তগণে কহে, — শুন মুকুন্দের প্রেম ।
নিগূঢ় নির্মল প্রেম, যেন দগ্ধ হেম ॥ ১১৯ ॥
bhakta-gaṇe kahe, — śuna mukundera prema
nigūḍha nirmala prema, yena dagdha hema

Synonyms

bhakta-gaṇe kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu informed His devotees; śunaplease hear; mukundera premaMukunda’s love of Godhead; nigūḍhavery deep; nirmalapure; premaecstatic love; yenaas if; dagdhaclarified; hemagold.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then informed all His devotees, “Please hear about Mukunda’s love of Godhead. It is a very deep and pure love and can only be compared to purified gold.
বাহ্যে রাজবৈদ্য ইঁহো করে রাজ-সেবা ।
অন্তরে কৃষ্ণ-প্রেম ইঁহার জানিবেক কেবা ॥ ১২০ ॥
bāhye rāja-vaidya iṅho kare rāja-sevā
antare kṛṣṇa-prema iṅhāra jānibeka kebā

Synonyms

bāhyeexternally; rāja-vaidyaroyal physician; iṅhohe; kareperforms; rāja-sevāgovernment service; antarewithin the heart; kṛṣṇa-premalove of Kṛṣṇa; iṅhāraof Mukunda dāsa; jānibekacan know; kebāwho.

Translation

“Mukunda dāsa externally appears to be a royal physician engaged in governmental service, but internally he has a deep love for Kṛṣṇa. Who can understand his love?

Purport

Unless Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu discloses the fact, no one can understand who is actually a great devotee of the Lord engaged in His service. It is therefore said in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 23.39), tāṅra vākya, kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya: even the most perfect and learned scholar cannot understand a Vaiṣṇava’s activities. A Vaiṣṇava may be engaged in governmental service or in a professional business so that externally one cannot understand his position. Internally, however, he may be a nitya-siddha Vaiṣṇava — that is, an eternally liberated Vaiṣṇava. Externally Mukunda dāsa was a royal physician, but internally he was the most liberated paramahaṁsa devotee. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu knew this very well, but ordinary men could not understand it, for the activities and plans of a Vaiṣṇava cannot be understood by ordinary men. However, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His representative understand everything about a devotee, even though the devotee may externally pretend to be an ordinary householder and professional businessman.
এক দিন ম্লেচ্ছ-রাজার উচ্চ-টুঙ্গিতে ।
চিকিৎসার বাত্‌ কহে তাঁহার অগ্রেতে ॥ ১২১ ॥
eka dina mleccha-rājāra ucca-ṭuṅgite
cikitsāra bāt kahe tāṅhāra agrete

Synonyms

eka dinaone day; mleccha-rājāraof the Muslim King; ucca-ṭuṅgiteon a high platform; cikitsāra bāttalk of medical treatment; kahewas speaking; tāṅhāra agretebefore him.

Translation

“One day Mukunda dāsa, the royal physician, was seated with the Muslim King on a high platform and was telling the King about medical treatment.
হেনকালে এক ময়ূর-পুচ্ছের আড়ানী ।
রাজ-শিরোপরি ধরে এক সেবক আনি’ ॥ ১২২ ॥
hena-kāle eka mayūra-pucchera āḍānī
rāja-śiropari dhare eka sevaka āni’

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; ekaone; mayūra-puccheraof peacock feathers; āḍānīfan; rāja-śira-upariabove the head of the King; dhareholds; ekaone; sevakaservant; āni’bringing.

Translation

“While the King and Mukunda dāsa were conversing, a servant brought a fan made of peacock feathers to shade the King’s head from the sun. Consequently he held the fan above the King’s head.
শিখিপিচ্ছ দেখি’ মুকুন্দ প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ।
অতি-উচ্চ টুঙ্গি হৈতে ভূমিতে পড়িলা ॥ ১২৩ ॥
śikhi-piccha dekhi’ mukunda premāviṣṭa hailā
ati-ucca ṭuṅgi haite bhūmite paḍilā

Synonyms

śikhi-picchapeacock feathers; dekhi’seeing; mukundaMukunda dāsa; prema-āviṣṭa hailābecame ecstatic in love of Godhead; ati-uccavery high; ṭuṅgiplatform; haitefrom; bhūmiteon the ground; paḍilāfell down.

Translation

“Just by seeing the peacock-feathered fan, Mukunda dāsa became absorbed in ecstatic love of Godhead and fell from the high platform onto the ground.
রাজার জ্ঞান, — রাজ-বৈদ্যের হইল মরণ ।
আপনে নামিয়া তবে করাইল চেতন ॥ ১২৪ ॥
rājāra jñāna, — rāja-vaidyera ha-ila maraṇa
āpane nāmiyā tabe karāila cetana

Synonyms

rājāra jñānathe King thought; rāja-vaidyeraof the royal physician; ha-ila maraṇathere was death; āpanepersonally; nāmiyāgetting down; tabethereupon; karāila cetanabrought him to consciousness.

Translation

“The King, fearing that the royal physician had been killed, personally descended and brought him to consciousness.
রাজা বলে — ব্যথা তুমি পাইলে কোন ঠাঞি ?
মুকুন্দ কহে, — অতিবড় ব্যথা পাই নাই ॥ ১২৫ ॥
rājā bale — vyathā tumi pāile kona ṭhāñi?
mukunda kahe, — ati-baḍa vyathā pāi nāi

Synonyms

rājā balethe King said; vyathāpain; tumi pāileyou have gotten; kona ṭhāñiwhere; mukunda kaheMukunda replied; ati-baḍa vyathāvery much pain; pāi nāiI have not gotten.

Translation

“When the King asked Mukunda, ‘Where is it paining you?’ Mukunda replied, ‘I am not very much pained.’
রাজা কহে, — মুকুন্দ, তুমি পড়িলা কি লাগি’ ?
মুকুন্দ কহে, রাজা, মোর ব্যাধি আছে মৃগী ॥ ১২৬ ॥
rājā kahe, — mukunda, tumi paḍilā ki lāgi’?
mukunda kahe, rājā, mora vyādhi āche mṛgī

Synonyms

rājā kahethe King inquired; mukundaO Mukunda; tumi paḍilāyou fell; ki lāgi’for what reason; mukunda kaheMukunda replied; rājāmy dear King; moraof me; vyādhidisease; ācheis; mṛgīepilepsy.

Translation

“The King then inquired, ‘Mukunda, why did you fall down?’

Purport

“Mukunda replied, ‘My dear King, I have a disease like epilepsy.’
মহাবিদগ্ধ রাজা, সেই সব জানে ।
মুকুন্দের হৈল তাঁর ‘মহাসিদ্ধ’-জ্ঞানে ॥ ১২৭ ॥
mahā-vidagdha rājā, sei saba jāne
mukundere haila tāṅra ‘mahā-siddha’-jñāne

Synonyms

mahā-vidagdhahighly intelligent; rājāthe King; seihe; saba jāneknows everything; mukundereupon Mukunda; hailawas; tāṅrahis; mahā-siddha-jñānecalculation as the most perfect devotee.

Translation

“Being extraordinarily intelligent, the King could understand the whole affair. In his estimation, Mukunda was a most uncommon, exalted, liberated personality.
রঘুনন্দন সেবা করে কৃষ্ণের মন্দিরে ।
দ্বারে পুষ্করিণী, তার ঘাটের উপরে ॥ ১২৮ ॥
কদম্বের এক বৃক্ষে ফুটে বারমাসে ।
নিত্য দুই ফুল হয় কৃষ্ণ-অবতংসে ॥ ১২৯ ॥
raghunandana sevā kare kṛṣṇera mandire
dvāre puṣkariṇī, tāra ghāṭera upare
kadambera eka vṛkṣe phuṭe bāra-māse
nitya dui phula haya kṛṣṇa-avataṁse

Synonyms

raghunandanaRaghunandana; sevā kareserves; kṛṣṇera mandirein the temple of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dvārenear the door; puṣkariṇīa lake; tāraof it; ghāṭera upareon the bank; kadamberaof kadamba flowers; eka vṛkṣeon one tree; phuṭeblossom; bāra-māseall year around; nityadaily; dui phalatwo flowers; hayabecome; kṛṣṇa-avataṁsedecoration for Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“Raghunandana is constantly engaged in serving Lord Kṛṣṇa in the temple. Beside the entrance of the temple is a lake, and on its banks is a kadamba tree, which daily delivers two flowers to be used for Kṛṣṇa’s service.”
মুকুন্দেরে কহে পুনঃ মধুর বচন ।
‘তোমার কার্য — ধর্মে ধন-উপার্জন ॥ ১৩০ ॥
mukundere kahe punaḥ madhura vacana
‘tomāra kārya — dharme dhana-upārjana

Synonyms

mukundereto Mukunda; kaheLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu says; punaḥagain; madhura vacanasweet words; tomāra kāryayour duty; dharme dhana-upārjanato earn both material and spiritual wealth.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again spoke to Mukunda with sweet words: “Your duty is to earn both material and spiritual wealth.
রঘুনন্দনের কার্য — কৃষ্ণের সেবন ।
কৃষ্ণ-সেবা বিনা ইঁহার অন্য নাহি মন ॥ ১৩১ ॥
raghunandanera kārya — kṛṣṇera sevana
kṛṣṇa-sevā vinā iṅhāra anya nāhi mana

Synonyms

raghunandanera kāryathe duty of Raghunandana; kṛṣṇera sevanaworshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-sevā vināexcept for worshiping Kṛṣṇa; iṅhāraof him; anyaother; nāhithere is not; manaintention.

Translation

“Furthermore, it is the duty of Raghunandana to always engage in Lord Kṛṣṇa’s service. He has no other intention but the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa.”
নরহরি রহু আমার ভক্তগণ-সনে ।
এই তিন কার্য সদা করহ তিন জনে ॥’ ১৩২ ॥
narahari rahu āmāra bhakta-gaṇa-sane,
ei tina kārya sadā karaha tina jane’

Synonyms

narahariNarahari; rahulet him remain; āmāraMy; bhakta-gaṇa-sanealong with other devotees; ei tina kāryathese three divisions of duty; sadāalways; karahaexecute; tina janeyou three persons.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then ordered Narahari: “I wish you to remain here with My devotees. In this way the three of you should always execute these three duties for the service of the Lord.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu set forth three duties for three different people. Mukunda was to earn money and follow the religious principles, whereas Narahari was to remain with the Lord’s devotees, and Raghunandana was to engage in the Lord’s service in the temple. Thus one person worships in the temple, another earns money honestly by executing his professional duty, and yet another preaches Kṛṣṇa consciousness with the devotees. Apparently these three types of service appear separate, but actually they are not. When Kṛṣṇa or Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the center, everyone can engage in different activities for the service of the Lord. That is the verdict of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
সার্বভৌম, বিদ্যাবাচস্পতি, — দুই ভাই ।
দুইজনে কৃপা করি’ কহেন গোসাঞি ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
sārvabhauma, vidyā-vācaspati, — dui bhāi
dui-jane kṛpā kari’ kahena gosāñi

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; vidyā-vācaspatiVidyā-vācaspati; dui bhāitwo brothers; dui-janeunto the two; kṛpā kari’out of His causeless mercy; kahenasays; gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Out of His causeless mercy, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gave the following directions to the brothers Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Vidyā-vācaspati.
‘দারু’-‘জল’-রূপে কৃষ্ণ প্রকট সম্প্রতি ।
‘দরশন’-স্নানে’ করে জীবের মুকতি ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
‘dāru’-jala’-rūpe kṛṣṇa prakaṭa samprati
‘daraśana’-‘snāne’ kare jīvera mukati

Synonyms

dāruwood; jalawater; rūpein the forms of; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; prakaṭamanifested; sampratiat the present moment; daraśanaby seeing; snāneby bathing; karedoes; jīvera mukatithe deliverance of the conditioned souls.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “In this Age of Kali, Kṛṣṇa is manifest in two forms — wood and water. Thus, by enabling the conditioned souls to see the wood and bathe in the water, He helps them become liberated.
‘দারুব্রহ্ম’-রূপে — সাক্ষাৎ শ্ৰীপুরুষোত্তম ।
ভাগীরথী হন সাক্ষাৎ ‘জলব্রহ্ম’-সম ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
‘dāru-brahma’-rūpe — sākṣāt śrī-puruṣottama
bhāgīrathī hana sākṣāt ‘jala-brahma’-sama

Synonyms

dāru-brahma-rūpein the form of Brahman as wood; sākṣātdirectly; śrī-puruṣottamaLord Jagannātha; bhāgīrathīthe river Ganges; hanais; sākṣātdirectly; jala-brahma-samathe Supreme in the form of water.

Translation

“Lord Jagannātha is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of wood, and the river Ganges is the Supreme Lord Himself in the form of water.

Purport

The Vedas enjoin, sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma: everything is the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supreme Brahman or Parambrahma. Parasya brahmaṇaḥ śaktis tathedam akhilaṁ jagat: everything is a manifestation of the energy of the Supreme Brahman. Since the energy and energetic are identical, actually everything is Kṛṣṇa, Parambrahma. In the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4) Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this:
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁjagad avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.”
Kṛṣṇa is spread throughout the whole universe in His impersonal form. Since everything is a manifestation of the Lord’s energy, the Lord can manifest Himself through any energy. In this age, the Lord is manifest through wood as Lord Jagannātha, and He is manifest through water as the river Ganges. Therefore Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered the two brothers — Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Vidyā-vācaspati — to worship Lord Jagannātha and the river Ganges.
সার্বভৌম, কর ‘দারুব্রহ্ম’-আরাধন ।
বাচস্পতি, কর জলব্রহ্মের সেবন ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
sārvabhauma, kara ‘dāru-brahma’-ārādhana
vācaspati, kara jala-brahmera sevana

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaO Sārvabhauma; karabe engaged in; dāru-brahmaof wooden Brahman; ārādhanaworship; vācaspatiand you, Vācaspati; karado; jala-brahmeraof Parambrahma manifested in water; sevanaworship.

Translation

“Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, you should engage in the worship of Lord Jagannātha Puruṣottama, and Vācaspati should worship mother Ganges.”
মুরারি-গুপ্তেরে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন ।
তাঁর ভক্তিনিষ্ঠা কহেন, শুনে ভক্তগণ ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
murāri-guptere prabhu kari’ āliṅgana
tāṅra bhakti-niṣṭhā kahena, śune bhakta-gaṇa

Synonyms

murāri-guptereMurāri Gupta; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kari’ āliṅganaembracing; tāṅrahis; bhakti-niṣṭhāfaith in devotional service; kahenasays; śune bhakta-gaṇaall the devotees hear.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Murāri Gupta and began to speak about his firm faith in devotional service. This was heard by all the devotees.
পূর্বে আমি ইঁহারে লোভাইল বার বার ।
পরম মধুর, গুপ্ত, ব্রজেন্দ্রকুমার ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
pūrve āmi iṅhāre lobhāila bāra bāra
parama madhura, gupta, vrajendra-kumāra

Synonyms

pūrvepreviously; āmiI; iṅhārehim; lobhāilainduced to be allured; bāra bāraagain and again; parama madhuravery sweet; guptaO Gupta; vrajendra-kumāraLord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Nanda Mahārāja.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Previously I induced Murāri Gupta again and again to be allured by Lord Kṛṣṇa. I said to him, ‘My dear Gupta, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Vrajendra-kumāra, is the supreme sweetness.
স্বয়ং ভগবান্‌ কৃষ্ণ — সর্বাংশী, সর্বাশ্রয় ।
বিশুদ্ধ-নির্মল-প্রেম, সর্বরসময় ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
svayaṁ bhagavān kṛṣṇa — sarvāṁśī, sarvāśraya
viśuddha-nirmala-prema, sarva-rasamaya

Synonyms

svayam bhagavān kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-aṁśīthe source of all others; sarva-āśrayathe reservoir of all energies; viśuddhatranscendental; nirmalafree from all material contamination; premalove; sarva-rasa-mayathe reservoir of all pleasure.

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the origin of all incarnations and the source of everything. He is pure transcendental love itself, and He is the reservoir of all pleasure.
সকল-সদ্‌গুণ-বৃন্দ-রত্ন-রত্নাকর ।
বিদগ্ধ, চতুর, ধীর, রসিক-শেখর ॥ ১৪০ ॥
sakala-sadguṇa-vṛnda-ratna-ratnākara
vidagdha, catura, dhīra, rasika-śekhara

Synonyms

sakalaall; sat-guṇatranscendental qualities; vṛndamultitude; ratnaof gems; ratna-ākarathe mine; vidagdhaintelligent; caturaexpert; dhīrasober; rasika-śekharamaster of all transcendental humors.

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the reservoir of all transcendental qualities. He is like a mine of gems. He is expert at everything, very intelligent and sober, and He is the summit of all transcendental humors.
মধুর-চরিত্র কৃষ্ণের মধুর-বিলাস ।
চাতুর্য-বৈদগ্ধ্য করে যাঁর লীলারস ॥ ১৪১ ॥
madhura-caritra kṛṣṇera madhura-vilāsa
cāturya-vaidagdhya kare yāṅra līlā-rasa

Synonyms

madhura-caritrapleasing character; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; madhura-vilāsamelodious pastimes; cāturyaexpertise; vaidagdhyaintelligence; karemanifests; yāṅrawhose; līlāof pastimes; rasamellows.

Translation

“ ‘His character is very sweet, and His pastimes are melodious. He is expert in intelligence, and thus He enjoys all His pastimes and mellows.’
সেই কৃষ্ণ ভজ তুমি, হও কৃষ্ণাশ্রয় ।
কৃষ্ণ বিনা অন্য-উপাসনা মনে নাহি লয় ॥ ১৪২ ॥
sei kṛṣṇa bhaja tumi, hao kṛṣṇāśraya
kṛṣṇa vinā anya-upāsanā mane nāhi laya

Synonyms

sei kṛṣṇathat Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhaja tumiengage yourself in His service; hao kṛṣṇa-āśrayatake shelter of Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa vināexcept for Kṛṣṇa; anya-upāsanāany other worship; mane nāhi layadoes not appeal to the mind.

Translation

“I then requested Murāri Gupta, ‘Worship Kṛṣṇa and take shelter of Him. But for His service, nothing appeals to the mind.’
এইমত বার বার শুনিয়া বচন ।
আমার গৌরবে কিছু ফিরি’ গেল মন ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
ei-mata bāra bāra śuniyā vacana
āmāra gaurave kichu phiri’ gela mana

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; bāra bāraagain and again; śuniyā vacanahearing these words; āmāra gauravebecause of My influence; kichusomewhat; phiri’ gelatransformed; manahis mind.

Translation

“In this way, he heard from Me again and again. By My influence, his mind was a little converted.
আমারে কহেন, — আমি তোমার কিঙ্কর ।
তোমার আজ্ঞাকারী আমি নহি স্বতন্তর ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
āmāre kahena, — āmi tomāra kiṅkara
tomāra ājñākārī āmi nāhi svatantara

Synonyms

āmāre kahenahe said unto Me; āmiI; tomāra kiṅkaraYour servant; tomāra ājñā-kārīYour order-carrier; āmiI; nāhiam not; svatantaraindependent.

Translation

“Murāri Gupta then replied, ‘I am Your servant and Your order-carrier. I have no independent existence.’
এত বলি’ ঘরে গেল, চিন্তি’ রাত্রিকালে ।
রঘুনাথ-ত্যাগ-চিন্তায় হইল বিকলে ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
eta bali’ ghare gela, cinti’ rātri-kāle
raghunātha-tyāga-cintāya ha-ila vikale

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; ghare gelawent to his house; cinti’thinking; rātri-kāleat night; raghunāthaLord Rāmacandra; tyāgagiving up; cintāyaby thoughts of; ha-ila vikalebecame overwhelmed.

Translation

“After this, Murāri Gupta went home and spent the whole night thinking how he would have to give up the association of Raghunātha, Lord Rāmacandra. Thus he was overwhelmed.
কেমনে ছাড়িব রঘুনাথের চরণ ।
আজি রাত্র্যে প্রভু মোর করাহ মরণ ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
kemane chāḍiba raghunāthera caraṇa
āji rātrye prabhu mora karāha maraṇa

Synonyms

kemane chāḍibahow shall I give up; raghunāthera caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Raghunātha; āji rātryethis night; prabhuO Lord Raghunātha; moramy; karāha maraṇaplease cause death.

Translation

“Murāri Gupta then began to pray at the lotus feet of Lord Rāmacandra. He prayed that death would come that night because it was not possible for him to give up the service of the lotus feet of Raghunātha.
এই মত সর্ব-রাত্রি করেন ক্রন্দন ।
মনে সোয়াস্তি নাহি, রাত্রি কৈল জাগরণ ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
ei mata sarva-rātri karena krandana
mane soyāsti nāhi, rātri kaila jāgaraṇa

Synonyms

ei matain this way; sarva-rātrithe whole night; karena krandanacried; manein the mind; soyāsti nāhithere is no rest; rātrithe whole night; kailakept; jāgaraṇaawake.

Translation

“Thus Murāri Gupta cried the entire night. There was no rest for his mind; therefore he could not sleep but stayed awake the entire night.
প্রাতঃকালে আসি’ মোর ধরিল চরণ ।
কান্দিতে কান্দিতে কিছু করে নিবেদন ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
prātaḥ-kāle āsi’ mora dharila caraṇa
kāndite kāndite kichu kare nivedana

Synonyms

prātaḥ-kālein the morning; āsi’coming; moraMy; dharilacaught hold of; caraṇafeet; kāndite kānditecontinuously crying; kichu kare nivedanasubmits some appeals.

Translation

“In the morning Murāri Gupta came to see Me. Catching hold of My feet and crying, he submitted an appeal.
রঘুনাথের পায় মুঞি বেচিয়াছোঁ মাথা ।
কাঢ়িতে না পারি মাথা, মনে পাই ব্যথা ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
raghunāthera pāya muñi veciyāchoṅ māthā
kāḍhite nā pāri māthā, mane pāi vyathā

Synonyms

raghunāthera pāyaunto the lotus feet of Lord Raghunātha; muñiI; veciyāchoṅsold; māthāhead; kāḍhiteto cut off; pāriI am unable; māthāmy head; manein my mind; pāi vyathāI get too much pain.

Translation

“Murāri Gupta said, ‘I have sold my head unto the lotus feet of Raghunātha. I cannot withdraw my head, for that would give me too much pain.
শ্রীরঘুনাথ-চরণ ছাড়ান না যায় ।
তব আজ্ঞা-ভঙ্গ হয়, কি করোঁ উপায় ॥ ১৫০ ॥
śrī-raghunātha-caraṇa chāḍāna nā yāya
tava ājñā-bhaṅga haya, ki karoṅ upāya

Synonyms

śrī-raghunātha-caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Rāmacandra; chāḍāna yāyacannot be given up; tavaYour; ājñāorder; bhaṅgabroken; hayais; kiwhat; karoṅshall I do; upāyaremedy.

Translation

“ ‘It is not possible for me to give up the service of Raghunātha’s lotus feet. At the same time, if I do not do so I shall break Your order. What can I do?’
তাতে মোরে এই কৃপা কর, দয়াময় ।
তোমার আগে মৃত্যু হউক, যাউক সংশয় ॥ ১৫১ ॥
tāte more ei kṛpā kara, dayāmaya
tomāra āge mṛtyu ha-uka, yāuka saṁśaya

Synonyms

tātetherefore; moreunto me; eithis; kṛpāmercy; karabestow; dayā-mayaO merciful one; tomāra āgebefore You; mṛtyu ha-ukalet me die; yāuka saṁśayaand let all doubts go away.

Translation

“In this way Murāri Gupta appealed to Me, saying, ‘You are all-merciful, so kindly grant me this mercy: Let me die before You so that all my doubts will be finished.’
এত শুনি’ আমি বড় মনে সুখ পাইলুঁ ।
ইঁহারে উঠাঞা তবে আলিঙ্গন কৈলুঁ ॥ ১৫২ ॥
eta śuni’ āmi baḍa mane sukha pāiluṅ
iṅhāre uṭhāñā tabe āliṅgana kailuṅ

Synonyms

eta śuni’hearing this; āmiI; baḍavery great; manein the mind; sukhahappiness; pāiluṅgot; iṅhārehim; uṭhāñāraising; tabeat that time; āliṅgana kailuṅI embraced.

Translation

“Hearing this, I became very happy. I then raised Murāri Gupta and embraced him.
সাধু সাধু, গুপ্ত, তোমার সুদৃঢ় ভজন ।
আমার বচনেহ তোমার না টলিল মন ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
sādhu sādhu, gupta, tomāra sudṛḍha bhajana
āmāra vacaneha tomāra nā ṭalila mana

Synonyms

sādhu sādhuall glories unto you; guptaMurāri Gupta; tomārayour; su-dṛḍhafirmly fixed; bhajanamethod of worship; āmāraMy; vacanehaeven on the request; tomārayour; ṭaliladid not budge; manamind.

Translation

“I said to him, ‘All glories to you, Murāri Gupta! Your method of worship is very firmly fixed — so much so that even upon My request your mind did not turn.
এইমত সেবকের প্রীতি চাহি প্রভু-পায় ।
প্রভু ছাড়াইলেহ, পদ ছাড়ান না যায় ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
ei-mata sevakera prīti cāhi prabhu-pāya
prabhu chāḍāileha, pada chāḍāna nā yāya

Synonyms

ei-matalike this; sevakeraof the servitor; prītilove; cāhiis wanted; prabhu-pāyaunto the lotus feet of the Lord; prabhu chāḍāilehaeven though the Lord causes separation; padathe lotus feet of the Lord; chāḍāna yāyacannot be given up.

Translation

“ ‘The servitor must have love and affection for the lotus feet of the Lord exactly like this. Even if the Lord wants separation, a devotee cannot abandon the shelter of His lotus feet.

Purport

The word prabhu, or master, indicates that the Lord is to be continuously served by His devotee. The original prabhu is the Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Nonetheless, there are many devotees attached to Lord Rāmacandra, and Murāri Gupta is a vivid example of such unalloyed devotion. He never agreed to give up Lord Rāmacandra’s worship, not even upon Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s request. Such is the chastity of devotional service, as stated in the Antya-līlā of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta (4.46-47):
sei bhakta dhanya, ye nā chāḍe prabhura caraṇa
sei prabhu dhanya, ye nā chāḍe nija-jana
durdaive sevaka yadi yāya anya sthāne
sei ṭhākura dhanya tāre cule dhari’ āne
In a firm relationship with the Lord, the devotee does not give up the Lord’s service under any circumstance. As far as the Lord Himself is concerned, if the devotee chooses to leave, the Lord brings him back again, dragging him by the hair.
এইমত তোমার নিষ্ঠা জানিবার তরে ।
তোমারে আগ্রহ আমি কৈলুঁ বারে বারে ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
ei-mata tomāra niṣṭhā jānibāra tare
tomāre āgraha āmi kailuṅ bāre bāre

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; tomārayour; niṣṭhāfirm faith; jānibāra tareto understand; tomāreunto you; āgrahapersistence; āmi kailuṅI did; bāre bāreagain and again.

Translation

“ ‘Just to test your firm faith in your Lord, I requested you again and again to change your worship from Lord Rāmacandra to Kṛṣṇa.’
সাক্ষাৎ হনুমান্ তুমি শ্ৰীরাম-কিঙ্কর ।
তুমি কেনে ছাড়িবে তাঁর চরণ-কমল ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
sākṣāt hanumān tumi śrī-rāma-kiṅkara
tumi kene chāḍibe tāṅra caraṇa-kamala

Synonyms

sākṣātdirectly; hanumānHanumān; tumiyou; śrī-rāma-kiṅkarathe servant of Śrī Rāma; tumiyou; kenewhy; chāḍibeshould give up; tāṅraHis; caraṇa-kamalalotus feet.

Translation

“In this way, I congratulated Murāri Gupta, saying, ‘Indeed, you are the incarnation of Hanumān. Consequently you are the eternal servant of Lord Rāmacandra. Why should you give up the worship of Lord Rāmacandra and His lotus feet?’ ”
সেই মুরারি-গুপ্ত এই — মোর প্রাণ সম ।
ইঁহার দৈন্য শুনি’ মোর ফাটয়ে জীবন ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
sei murāri-gupta ei — mora prāṇa sama
iṅhāra dainya śuni’ mora phāṭaye jīvana

Synonyms

sei murāri-guptathat Murāri Gupta; eithis; mora prāṇa samanot different from My life and soul; iṅhāraof him; dainyahumility; śuni’hearing; moraMy; phāṭayeperturbs; jīvanalife.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “I accept this Murāri Gupta as My life and soul. When I hear of his humility, it perturbs My very life.”
তবে বাসুদেবে প্রভু করি’ আলিঙ্গন ।
তাঁর গুণ কহে হঞা সহস্র-বদন ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
tabe vāsudeve prabhu kari’ āliṅgana
tāṅra guṇa kahe hañā sahasra-vadana

Synonyms

tabethen; vāsudeveVāsudeva; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kari’ āliṅganaembracing; tāṅra guṇahis good qualities; kahebegan to explain; hañābecoming; sahasra-vadanapossessing thousands of mouths.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Vāsudeva Datta and began to speak of his glories as if He had a thousand mouths.
নিজ-গুণ শুনি’ দত্ত মনে লজ্জা পাঞা ।
নিবেদন করে প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
nija-guṇa śuni’ datta mane lajjā pāñā
nivedana kare prabhura caraṇe dhariyā

Synonyms

nija-guṇahis personal qualities; śuni’hearing; dattaVāsudeva Datta; manein the mind; lajjā pāñābeing ashamed; nivedana karesubmits; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇe dhariyācatching the lotus feet.

Translation

When Caitanya Mahāprabhu glorified him, Vāsudeva Datta immediately became very much embarrassed and shy. He then submitted himself, touching the Lord’s lotus feet.
জগৎ তারিতে প্রভু তোমার অবতার ।
মোর নিবেদন এক করহ অঙ্গীকার ॥ ১৬০ ॥
jagat tārite prabhu tomāra avatāra
mora nivedana eka karaha aṅgīkāra

Synonyms

jagat tāriteto deliver the whole world; prabhumy Lord; tomāraYour; avatāraincarnation; moramy; nivedanapetition; ekaone; karaha aṅgīkāraplease accept.

Translation

Vāsudeva Datta told Caitanya Mahāprabhu, “My dear Lord, You incarnate just to deliver all conditioned souls. I now have one petition, which I wish You would accept.
করিতে সমর্থ তুমি হও, দয়াময় ।
তুমি মন কর, তবে আনায়াসে হয় ॥ ১৬১ ॥
karite samartha tumi hao, dayāmaya
tumi mana kara, tabe anāyāse haya

Synonyms

kariteto execute; samarthacapable; tumiYou; haoare; dayā-mayaO merciful one; tumi mana karaif You so desire; tabethen; anāyāsewithout difficulty; hayait becomes possible.

Translation

“My Lord, You are certainly able to do whatever You like, and You are indeed merciful. If You so desire, You can very easily do whatever You want.
জীবের দুঃখ দেখি’ মোর হৃদয় বিদরে ।
সর্বজীবের পাপ প্রভু দেহ’ মোর শিরে ॥ ১৬২ ॥
jīvera duḥkha dekhi’ mora hṛdaya bidare
sarva-jīvera pāpa prabhu deha’ mora śire

Synonyms

jīveraof all conditioned souls; duḥkha dekhi’by seeing the sufferings; moramy; hṛdayaheart; bidarebreaks; sarva-jīveraof all living entities; pāpathe sinful reactions; prabhumy dear Lord; deha’just put; mora śireupon my head.

Translation

“My Lord, my heart breaks to see the sufferings of all the conditioned souls; therefore I request You to transfer the karma of their sinful lives upon my head.
জীবের পাপ লঞা মুঞি করোঁ নরক ভোগ ।
সকল জীবের, প্রভু, ঘুচাহ ভবরোগ ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
jīvera pāpa lañā muñi karoṅ naraka bhoga
sakala jīvera, prabhu, ghucāha bhava-roga

Synonyms

jīveraof all conditioned souls; pāpa lañāaccepting the sinful reactions; muñiI; karoṅdo; narakahellish life; bhogaexperience; sakala jīveraof all living entities; prabhumy dear Lord; ghucāhaplease finish; bhava-rogathe material disease.

Translation

“My dear Lord, let me suffer perpetually in a hellish condition, accepting all the sinful reactions of all living entities. Please finish their diseased material life.”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following commentary on this verse. In the Western countries, Christians believe that Lord Jesus Christ, their spiritual master, appeared in order to eradicate all the sins of his disciples. To this end, Lord Jesus Christ appeared and disappeared. Here, however, we find Śrī Vāsudeva Datta Ṭhākura and Śrīla Haridāsa Ṭhākura to be many millions of times more advanced than even Lord Jesus Christ. Jesus Christ relieved only his followers from all sinful reactions, but Vāsudeva Datta is here prepared to accept the sins of everyone in the universe. So the comparative position of Vāsudeva Datta is millions of times better than that of Lord Jesus Christ. A Vaiṣṇava is so liberal that he is prepared to risk everything to rescue the conditioned souls from material existence. Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta Ṭhākura is universal love itself, for he was willing to sacrifice everything and fully engage in the service of the Supreme Lord.
Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta knew very well that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the original Personality of Godhead, Transcendence itself, above the material conception of illusion and māyā. Lord Jesus Christ certainly finished the sinful reactions of his followers by his mercy, but that does not mean he completely delivered them from the pangs of material existence. A person may be relieved from sins once, but it is a practice among Christians to confess sins and yet commit them again. By getting freed from sins and again engaging in them, one cannot attain freedom from the pangs of material existence. A diseased person may go to a physician for relief, but after he leaves the hospital he may again be infected due to his unclean habits. Thus material existence continues. Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta wanted to completely relieve the conditioned souls from material existence so that they would no longer have an opportunity to commit sinful acts. This is the significant difference between Śrīla Vāsudeva Datta and Lord Jesus Christ. It is a great offense to receive pardon for sins and then commit the same sins again. Such an offense is more dangerous than the sinful activity itself. Vāsudeva Datta was so liberal that he requested Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to transfer all offensive activity upon him so the conditioned souls would be purified and go back home, back to Godhead. This prayer was certainly without duplicity.
Vāsudeva Datta’s example is unique not only within this world but within the universe. It is beyond the conception of fruitive actors or the speculation of mundane philosophers. Due to being illusioned by the external energy and due to a poor fund of knowledge, people tend to envy one another. Because of this they are entangled in fruitive activity, and they try to escape this fruitive activity by mental speculation. Consequently neither karmīs nor jñānīs are purified. In the words of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Ṭhākura, they are kukarmīs and kujñānīs — bad fruitive actors and bad speculators. The Māyāvādīs and karmīs should therefore turn their attention to the magnanimous Vāsudeva Datta, who wanted to suffer for others in a hellish condition. No one should consider Vāsudeva Datta a mundane philanthropist or welfare worker. Nor was he interested in merging into the Brahman effulgence or in gaining material honor or reputation. He was far, far above philanthropists, philosophers and fruitive actors. He was the most exalted personality to ever show mercy to the conditioned souls. This is not an exaggeration of his transcendental qualities. It is perfectly true. Actually, there cannot be any comparison to Vāsudeva Datta. As the perfect Vaiṣṇava, he was para-duḥkha-duḥkhī, very much aggrieved to see others suffer. The entire world is purified simply by the appearance of such a great devotee. Indeed, by his transcendental presence the whole world is glorified and all conditioned souls are also glorified. As Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura confirms, Vāsudeva Datta is the ideal devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu:
gaurāṅgera saṅgi-gaṇe,nitya-siddha kari’ māne,
se yāya vrajendrasuta-pāśa
One who executes Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s mission must be considered eternally liberated. He is a transcendental person and does not belong to this material world. Such a devotee, engaging in the deliverance of the total population, is as magnanimous as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself.
namo mahā-vadānyāyakṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te
kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇa-caitanya-
nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
Such a personality factually represents Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu because his heart is always filled with compassion for all conditioned souls.
এত শুনি’ মহাপ্রভুর চিত্ত দ্রবিলা ।
অশ্রু-কম্প-স্বরভঙ্গে কহিতে লাগিলা ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
eta śuni’ mahāprabhura citta dravilā
aśru-kampa-svarabhaṅge kahite lāgilā

Synonyms

eta śuni’hearing this; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cittaheart; dravilābecame softened; aśrutears; kampatrembling; svara-bhaṅgewith faltering of the voice; kahiteto speak; lāgilābegan.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard Vāsudeva Datta’s statement, His heart became very soft. Tears flowed from His eyes, and He began to tremble. In a faltering voice He spoke as follows.
“তোমার বিচিত্র নহে, তুমি — সাক্ষাৎ প্ৰহ্লাদ ।
তোমার উপরে কৃষ্ণের সম্পূর্ণ প্রসাদ ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
“tomāra vicitra nahe, tumi — sākṣāt prahlāda
tomāra upare kṛṣṇera sampūrṇa prasāda

Synonyms

tomārain you; vicitra nahethis is not extraordinary; tumiyou; sākṣāt prahlādaincarnation of Prahlāda Mahārāja; tomāra upareupon you; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; sampūrṇacomplete; prasādamercy.

Translation

Accepting Vāsudeva Datta as a great devotee, the Lord said, “Such a statement is not at all astonishing because you are the incarnation of Prahlāda Mahārāja. It appears that Lord Kṛṣṇa has bestowed complete mercy upon you. There is no doubt about it.
কৃষ্ণ সেই সত্য করে, যেই মাগে ভৃত্য ।
ভৃত্য-বাঞ্ছা-পূর্তি বিনু নাহি অন্য কৃত্য ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
kṛṣṇa sei satya kare, yei māge bhṛtya
bhṛtya-vāñchā-pūrti vinu nāhi anya kṛtya

Synonyms

kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; seithat; satya karefulfills as true; yeiwhatever; māgewants; bhṛtyaservant; bhṛtya-vāñchāthe desire of His servant; pūrtifulfilling; vinuwithout; nāhithere is not; anyaother; kṛtyaduty.

Translation

“Whatever a pure devotee wants from his master, Lord Kṛṣṇa doubtlessly grants because He has no duty other than to fulfill the desire of His devotee.
ব্রহ্মাণ্ড জীবের তুমি বাঞ্ছিলে নিস্তার ।
বিনা পাপ-ভোগে হবে সবার উদ্ধার ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
brahmāṇḍa jīvera tumi vāñchile nistāra
vinā pāpa-bhoge habe sabāra uddhāra

Synonyms

brahmāṇḍaof the universe; jīveraof all living entities; tumi vāñchileif you desire; nistāradeliverance; vināwithout; pāpa-bhogeundergoing tribulations of sinful activities; habethere will be; sabāraeveryone’s; uddhāraliberation.

Translation

“If you desire the deliverance of all living entities within the universe, then all of them can be delivered even without your undergoing the tribulations of sinful activity.
অসমর্থ নহে কৃষ্ণ, ধরে সর্ব বল ।
তোমাকে বা কেনে ভুঞ্জাইবে পাপ-ফল? ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
asamartha nahe kṛṣṇa, dhare sarva bala
tomāke vā kene bhuñjāibe pāpa-phala?

Synonyms

asamartha naheis not unable; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; dharepossesses; sarva balaall potencies; tomākeyou; then; kenewhy; bhuñjāibewould cause to suffer; pāpa-phalaresults of sinful reactions.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa is not incapable, for He has all potencies. Why would He induce you to suffer the sinful reactions of other living entities?
তুমি যাঁর হিত বাঞ্ছ’, সে হৈল ‘বৈষ্ণব’ ।
বৈষ্ণবের পাপ কৃষ্ণ দূর করে সব ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
tumi yāṅra hita vāñcha’, se haila ‘vaiṣṇava’
vaiṣṇavera pāpa kṛṣṇa dūra kare saba

Synonyms

tumiyou; yāṅraof whom; hita vāñcha’desire the welfare; sesuch a person; hailaimmediately becomes; vaiṣṇavaa devotee; vaiṣṇaveraof a Vaiṣṇava; pāpathe accidental sinful life; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; dūra karevanquishes; sabaall.

Translation

“Whosever welfare you desire immediately becomes a Vaiṣṇava, and Kṛṣṇa delivers all Vaiṣṇavas from the reactions of their past sinful activities.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu here informed Vāsudeva Datta that since Kṛṣṇa is all-powerful, He can immediately deliver all conditioned souls from material existence. In essence, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “You desire the liberation of all kinds of living entities without discrimination. You are very anxious for their good fortune, and I say that simply by your prayer all living entities within the universe can be liberated. You do not even have to take up the burden of their sinful activities. Thus there is no need for you to suffer for their sinful lives. Whoever receives your compassion becomes a Vaiṣṇava immediately, and Kṛṣṇa delivers all Vaiṣṇavas from the reactions to their past sinful activities.” Kṛṣṇa also promises this in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66):
sarva-dharmān parityajyamām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
“Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.”
As soon as one fully surrenders to Kṛṣṇa, he becomes a Vaiṣṇava. In this verse from the Bhagavad-gītā Kṛṣṇa promises to relieve His devotee from all the reactions to sinful life. It is a fact that a fully surrendered Vaiṣṇava is completely out of the range of material infection. This is to say that he does not suffer the results of his previous pious or impious actions. Unless one is freed from sinful life, one cannot become a Vaiṣṇava. In other words, if one is a Vaiṣṇava, his sinful life is certainly ended. According to the Padma Purāṇa:
aprārabdha-phalaṁ pāpaṁkūṭaṁ bījaṁ phalonmukham
krameṇaiva pralīyeta
viṣṇu-bhakti-ratātmanām
“There are different stages of dormant reactions to sinful activities to be observed in a sinful life. Sinful reactions may be just waiting to take effect [phalonmukha], reactions may be still further dormant [kūṭa], or the reactions may be in a seedlike state [bīja]. In any case, all types of sinful reactions are vanquished one after another if a person engages in the devotional service of Lord Viṣṇu.”
যস্ত্বিন্দ্রগোপমথবেন্দ্রমহো স্বকর্ম-
বন্ধানুরূপফলভাজনমাতনোতি ।
কর্মাণি নির্দহতি কিন্তু চ ভক্তিভাজাং
গোবিন্দমাদিপুরুষং তমহং ভজামি ॥ ১৭০ ॥
yas tv indra-gopam atha vendram aho sva-karma-
bandhānurūpa-phala-bhājanam ātanoti
karmāṇi nirdahati kintu ca bhakti-bhājāṁ
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

yaḥHe who (Govinda); tubut; indra-gopamto the small red insect called indra-gopa; atha or even; indramto Indra, King of heaven; ahooh; sva-karmaof one’s own fruitive activities; bandhabondage; anurūpaaccording to; phalaof reactions; bhājanamenjoying or suffering; ātanotibestows; karmāṇiall fruitive activities and their reactions; nirdahatidestroys; kintubut; cacertainly; bhakti-bhājāmof persons engaged in devotional service; govindamunto Lord Govinda; ādi-puruṣamthe original person; tamunto Him; ahamI; bhajāmioffer my obeisances.

Translation

“ ‘Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who regulates the sufferings and enjoyments due to fruitive activity. He does this for everyone — from the heavenly King Indra down to the smallest insect [indra-gopa]. That very Personality of Godhead destroys the karmic reactions of one engaged in devotional service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.54).
তোমার ইচ্ছা-মাত্রে হবে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড-মোচন ।
সর্ব মুক্ত করিতে কৃষ্ণের নাহি কিছু শ্রম ॥ ১৭১ ॥
tomāra icchā-mātre habe brahmāṇḍa-mocana
sarva mukta karite kṛṣṇera nāhi kichu śrama

Synonyms

tomāra icchā-mātresimply by your desire; habethere will be; brahmāṇḍa-mocanadeliverance of the universe; sarvaeveryone; mukta kariteto liberate; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nāhithere is not; kichueven a little; śramalabor.

Translation

“Because of your honest desire, all living entities within the universe will be delivered, for Kṛṣṇa does not have to do anything to deliver all the living entities of the universe.
এক উড়ুম্বর বৃক্ষে লাগে কোটি-ফলে ।
কোটি যে ব্রহ্মাণ্ড ভাসে বিরজার জলে ॥ ১৭২ ॥
eka uḍumbara vṛkṣe lāge koṭi-phale
koṭi ye brahmāṇḍa bhāse virajāra jale

Synonyms

eka uḍumbara vṛkṣein one uḍumbara tree; lāgethere are; koṭi-phalemillions of fruits; koṭimillions; yewhich; brahmāṇḍaof universes; bhāsefloat; virajāraof the Virajā River; jalein the water.

Translation

“Just as there are millions of fruits on the uḍumbara tree, millions of universes float on the waters of the river Virajā.

Purport

Virajā is a river that divides the material world from the spiritual world. On one side of the river Virajā is the effulgence of Brahmaloka and innumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets, and on the other side is this material world. It is to be understood that this side of the Virajā River is filled with material planets floating in the Causal Ocean. The name Virajā indicates a marginal position between the spiritual and material worlds, but the Virajā River is not under the control of the material energy. Consequently it is devoid of the three guṇas.
তার এক ফল পড়ি’ যদি নষ্ট হয় ।
তথাপি বৃক্ষ নাহি জানে নিজ-অপচয় ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
tāra eka phala paḍi’ yadi naṣṭa haya
tathāpi vṛkṣa nāhi jāne nija-apacaya

Synonyms

tāraof the tree; eka phalaone fruit; paḍi’falling down; yadiif; naṣṭa hayabecomes destroyed; tathāpistill; vṛkṣathe tree; nāhi jānedoes not know; nija-apacayaits loss.

Translation

“The uḍumbara tree is filled with millions of fruits, and if one falls down and is destroyed, the tree does not even consider the loss.
তৈছে এক ব্রহ্মাণ্ড যদি মুক্ত হয় ।
তবু অল্প-হানি কৃষ্ণের মনে নাহি লয় ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
taiche eka brahmāṇḍa yadi mukta haya
tabu alpa-hāni kṛṣṇera mane nāhi laya

Synonyms

taichesimilarly; eka brahmāṇḍaone universe; yadiif; mukta hayabecomes liberated; tabustill; alpa-hānivery little loss; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; manethe mind; nāhi layadoes not take it very seriously.

Translation

“In the same way, if one universe is vacated due to the living entities’ having been liberated, that is a very little thing for Kṛṣṇa. He does not take it very seriously.
অনন্ত ঐশ্বর্য কৃষ্ণের বৈকুণ্ঠাদি-ধাম ।
তার গড়খাই — কারণাব্ধি যার নাম ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
ananta aiśvarya kṛṣṇera vaikuṇṭhādi-dhāma
tāra gaḍa-khāi — kāraṇābdhi yāra nāma

Synonyms

anantaunlimited; aiśvaryaopulence; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; vaikuṇṭha-ādi-dhāmainnumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets; tāraof Vaikuṇṭhaloka; gaḍa-khāisurrounding water; kāraṇa-abdhiCausal Ocean; yāraof which; nāmaname.

Translation

“The entire spiritual world constitutes the unlimited opulence of Kṛṣṇa, and there are innumerable Vaikuṇṭha planets there. The Causal Ocean is considered the surrounding waters of Vaikuṇṭhaloka.
তাতে ভাসে মায়া লঞা অনন্ত ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড ।
গড়খাইতে ভাসে যেন রাই-পূর্ণ ভাণ্ড ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
tāte bhāse māyā lañā ananta brahmāṇḍa
gaḍa-khāite bhāse yena rāi-pūrṇa bhāṇḍa

Synonyms

tātein that water; bhāsefloats; māyāthe material energy; lañātaking; anantaunlimited; brahmāṇḍauniverses; gaḍa-khāitein the surrounding water; bhāsefloats; yenaas if; rāi-pūrṇa bhāṇḍaa pot filled with mustard seeds.

Translation

“Māyā and her unlimited material universes are situated in that Causal Ocean. Indeed, māyā appears to be floating like a pot filled with mustard seeds.
তার এক রাই-নাশে হানি নাহি মানি ।
ঐছে এক অণ্ড-নাশে কৃষ্ণের নাহি হানি ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
tāra eka rāi-nāśe hāni nāhi māni
aiche eka aṇḍa-nāśe kṛṣṇera nāhi hāni

Synonyms

tāraof it; ekaone; rāi-nāśeloss of a mustard seed; hāniloss; nāhidoes not; māninotice; aichein that way; ekaone; aṇḍauniverse; nāśebeing lost; kṛṣṇeraof Kṛṣṇa; nāhi hānithere is no loss.

Translation

“Of the millions of mustard seeds floating in that pot, if one seed is lost, the loss is not at all significant. Similarly, if one universe is lost, it is not significant to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
সব ব্ৰহ্মাণ্ড সহ যদি ‘মায়া’র হয় ক্ষয় ।
তথাপি না মানে কৃষ্ণ কিছু অপচয় ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
saba brahmāṇḍa saha yadi ‘māyā’ra haya kṣaya
tathāpi nā māne kṛṣṇa kichu apacaya

Synonyms

saba brahmāṇḍaall the universes; sahawith; yadiif; māyāraof the material energy; haya kṣayathere is destruction; tathāpistill; not; māneconsiders; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; kichuany; apacayalost.

Translation

“To say nothing of one universal mustard seed, even if all the universes and the material energy [māyā] are destroyed, Kṛṣṇa does not even consider the loss.
কোটি-কামধেনু-পতির ছাগী যৈছে মরে ।
ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপতি কৃষ্ণের মায়া কিবা করে ? ১৭৯ ॥
koṭi-kāmadhenu-patira chāgī yaiche mare
ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pati kṛṣṇera māyā kibā kare?

Synonyms

koṭiof millions; kāma-dhenuof desire cows; patiraof the master; chāgīone she-goat; yaicheas; maredies; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-patithe master of six opulences; kṛṣṇeraof Kṛṣṇa; māyāexternal energy; kibāwhat; karecan do.

Translation

“If a person possessing millions of wish-fulfilling cows loses one she-goat, he does not consider the loss. Kṛṣṇa owns all six opulences in full. If the entire material energy is destroyed, what does He lose?”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, in clarifying verses 171-179, states that the meaning of these stanzas is very simple but that the purport is a little difficult to understand. Generally, the conditioned souls forget Kṛṣṇa when they are enticed by the material, external energy. Consequently they are called kṛṣṇa-bahirmukha, bereft of their relationship with Kṛṣṇa. When such a living entity comes under the jurisdiction of the material energy, he is sent into one of the innumerable material universes created by the material energy to give a chance to conditioned souls to fulfill their desires in the material world. Being very eager to enjoy the fruits of their activities, conditioned souls become involved in the actions and reactions of material life. Consequently they enjoy and suffer the results of karma. However, if a conditioned soul becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious, the karma of his pious and impious activities is completely destroyed. Simply by becoming a devotee, one is freed of all the reactions of karma. Similarly, simply by the desire of a devotee, a conditioned soul can attain liberation and transcend the results of karma. Since everyone can be liberated in this way, one may conclude that it is according to the sweet will of the devotee whether the material world exists or does not exist. Ultimately, however, it is not the sweet will of the devotee but the will of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who, if He so desires, can completely annihilate the material creation. There is no loss on His part. The owner of millions of cows does not consider the loss of one she-goat. Similarly, Lord Kṛṣṇa is the proprietor of both the material and spiritual universes. The material world constitutes only one-fourth of His creative energy. If, according to the desire of the devotee, the Lord completely destroys the creation, He is so opulent that He will not mind the loss.
জয় জয় জহ্যজামজিত দোষগৃভীতগুণাং
ত্বমসি যদাত্মনা সমবরুদ্ধসমস্তভগঃ ।
অগজগদোকসামখিলশক্ত্যববোধক তে
ক্বচিদজয়াত্মনা চ চরতোঽনুচরেন্নিগমঃ ॥” ১৮০ ॥
jaya jaya jahy ajām ajita doṣa-gṛbhīta-guṇāṁ
tvam asi yad ātmanā samavaruddha-samasta-bhagaḥ
aga-jagad-okasām akhila-śakty-avabodhaka te
kvacid ajayātmanā ca carato ’nucaren nigamaḥ”

Synonyms

jaya jayakindly exhibit Your glory; jahiplease conquer; ajāmnescience, māyā; ajitaO unconquerable one; doṣafaulty; gṛbhīta-guṇāmby which the qualities are accepted; tvamYou; asiare; yatbecause; ātmanāby Your internal potency; samavaruddhapossessing; samasta-bhagaḥall kinds of opulences; aganonmoving; jagatmoving; okasāmof the embodied living entities; akhilaall; śaktiof potencies; avabodhakamaster; teYou; kvacitsometimes; ajayāby the external energy; ātmanāof Your self; caalso; carataḥmanifesting pastimes (by Your glance); anucaretconfirm; nigamaḥall the Vedas.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “ ‘O my Lord, O unconquerable one, O master of all potencies, please exhibit Your internal potency to conquer the nescience of all moving and inert living entities. Due to nescience, they accept all kinds of faulty things, thus provoking a fearful situation. O Lord, please show Your glories! You can do this very easily, for Your internal potency is beyond the external potency, and You are the reservoir of all opulence. You are also the demonstrator of the material potency. You are also always engaged in Your pastimes in the spiritual world, where You exhibit Your reserved, internal potency, and sometimes You exhibit the external potency by glancing over it. Thus You manifest Your pastimes. The Vedas confirm Your two potencies and accept both types of pastimes due to them.’ ”

Purport

This verse is taken from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.87.14). It is from the prayers of the śruti-gaṇa, the personified Vedas, who glorify the Lord.
The almighty Personality of Godhead has three potencies — internal, external and marginal. The conditioned souls, who are condemned due to their forgetfulness of the Lord, are put under the control of the external potency when she creates the material world. The three modes of material nature keep the living entity in a constant state of fear (bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ). The conditioned soul is always fearful due to being controlled by the external potency; therefore the conditioned soul should always pray to the almighty Lord to conquer the external potency (māyā) so that she will no longer manifest her powers, which bind all living entities, moving and inert. By praying in this way one will become eligible to remain constantly in the association of the Lord, thus fulfilling the mission of going back home, back to Godhead.
এই মত সর্বভক্তের কহি’ সব গুণ ।
সবারে বিদায় দিল করি’ আলিঙ্গন ॥ ১৮১ ॥
ei mata sarva-bhaktera kahi’ saba guṇa
sabāre vidāya dila kari’ āliṅgana

Synonyms

ei matain this way; sarva-bhakteraof all the devotees; kahi’describing; saba guṇaall the good qualities; sabāreunto everyone; vidāya dilabade farewell; kari’ āliṅganaembracing.

Translation

In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu described the good qualities of His devotees one after the other. He then embraced them and bade them farewell.
প্রভুর বিচ্ছেদে ভক্ত করেন রোদন ।
ভক্তের বিচ্ছেদে প্রভুর বিষণ্ণ হৈল মন ॥ ১৮২ ॥
prabhura vicchede bhakta karena rodana
bhaktera vicchede prabhura viṣaṇṇa haila mana

Synonyms

prabhurafrom Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vicchedeby separation; bhaktaall the devotees; karenado; rodanacrying; bhakteraof the devotees; vicchedeby the separation; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; viṣaṇṇamorose; hailabecame; manathe mind.

Translation

Due to the impending separation from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the devotees began to cry. The Lord was also morose due to separation from the devotees.
গদাধর-পণ্ডিত রহিলা প্রভুর পাশে ।
যমেশ্বরে প্রভু যাঁরে করাইলা আবাসে ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
gadādhara-paṇḍita rahilā prabhura pāśe
yameśvare prabhu yāṅre karāilā āvāse

Synonyms

gadādhara-paṇḍitaGadādhara Paṇḍita; rahilāremained; prabhura pāśealong with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yameśvareat Yameśvara; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yāṅreunto whom; karāilāmade to take; āvāseresidence.

Translation

Gadādhara Paṇḍita remained with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and he was given a place to live at Yameśvara.

Purport

Yameśvara is on the southwest side of the Jagannātha temple. Gadādhara Paṇḍita resided there, and there was a small garden and a sandy beach known as Yameśvara-ṭoṭā.
পুরী-গোসাঞি, জগদানন্দ, স্বরূপ-দামোদর ।
দামোদর-পণ্ডিত, আর গোবিন্দ, কাশীশ্বর ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
এইসব-সঙ্গে প্রভু বৈসে নীলাচলে ।
জগন্নাথ-দরশন নিত্য করে প্রাতঃকালে ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
purī-gosāñi, jagadānanda, svarūpa-dāmodara
dāmodara-paṇḍita, āra govinda, kāśīśvara
ei-saba-saṅge prabhu vaise nīlācale
jagannātha-daraśana nitya kare prātaḥ-kāle

Synonyms

purī-gosāñiParamānanda Purī; jagadānandaJagadānanda; svarūpa-dāmodaraSvarūpa Dāmodara; dāmodara-paṇḍitaDāmodara Paṇḍita; āraand; govindaGovinda; kāśīśvaraKāśīśvara; ei-sabaall these personalities; saṅgeaccompanied by; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vaisestays; nīlācaleat Jagannātha Purī; jagannātha-daraśanaseeing Lord Jagannātha; nityadaily; karedoes; prātaḥ-kālein the morning.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained at Jagannātha Purī, Nīlācala, with Paramānanda Purī, Jagadānanda, Svarūpa Dāmodara, Dāmodara Paṇḍita, Govinda and Kāśīśvara. It was Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s daily practice to see Lord Jagannātha in the morning.
প্রভু-পাশ আসি’ সার্বভৌম এক দিন ।
যোড়হাত করি’ কিছু কৈল নিবেদন ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
prabhu-pāśa āsi’ sārvabhauma eka dina
yoḍa-hāta kari’ kichu kaila nivedana

Synonyms

prabhu-pāśain the presence of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āsi’coming; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; eka dinaone day; yoḍa-hāta kari’with folded hands; kichusome; kailadid; nivedanasubmission.

Translation

One day Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya came before Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with folded hands and submitted a request.
এবে সব বৈষ্ণব গৌড়দেশে চলি’ গেল ।
এবে প্রভুর নিমন্ত্রণে অবসর হৈল ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
ebe saba vaiṣṇava gauḍa-deśe cali’ gela
ebe prabhura nimantraṇe avasara haila

Synonyms

ebenow; sabaall; vaiṣṇavadevotees; gauḍa-deśeto Bengal; cali’ gelahave returned; ebenow; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇefor invitations; avasara hailathere is a chance.

Translation

Since all the Vaiṣṇavas had returned to Bengal, there was a good chance that the Lord would accept an invitation.
এবে মোর ঘরে ভিক্ষা করহ ‘মাস’ ভরি’ ।
প্রভু কহে, — ধর্ম নহে, করিতে না পারি ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
ebe mora ghare bhikṣā karaha ‘māsa’ bhari’
prabhu kahe, — dharma nahe, karite nā pāri

Synonyms

ebenow; mora ghareat my place; bhikṣālunch; karahaaccept; māsa bhari’for one month; prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; dharmareligious principle; naheit is not; kariteto do; pāriI am unable.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Please accept my invitation for lunch for one month.”

Purport

The Lord replied, “That is not possible, because it is against the religious principles of a sannyāsī.”
সার্বভৌম কহে, — ভিক্ষা করহ বিশ দিন ।
প্রভু কহে, — এহ নহে যতিধর্ম-চিহ্ন ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe, — bhikṣā karaha biśa dina
prabhu kahe, — eha nahe yati-dharma-cihna

Synonyms

sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said; bhikṣā karahaaccept lunch; biśa dinafor twenty days; prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; eha nahethis is not; yati-dharma-cihnathe symptom of a person in the renounced order of life.

Translation

Sārvabhauma then said, “Please accept the invitation for twenty days.”

Purport

But Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “It is not a religious principle of the renounced order.”
সার্বভৌম কহে পুনঃ, — দিন ‘পঞ্চদশ’ ।
প্রভু কহে, — তোমার ভিক্ষা ‘এক’ দিবস ॥ ১৯০ ॥
sārvabhauma kahe punaḥ, — dina ‘pañca-daśa’
prabhu kahe, — tomāra bhikṣā ‘eka’ divasa

Synonyms

sārvabhauma kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said; punaḥagain; dina pañca-daśafifteen days; prabhu kahethe Lord replied; tomāra bhikṣālunch at your place; eka divasaonly one day.

Translation

When Sārvabhauma requested Caitanya Mahāprabhu to accept lunch for fifteen days, the Lord said, “I shall accept lunch at your place for one day only.”
তবে সার্বভৌম প্রভুর চরণে ধরিয়া ।
‘দশদিন ভিক্ষা কর’ কহে বিনতি করিয়া ॥ ১৯১ ॥
tabe sārvabhauma prabhura caraṇe dhariyā
‘daśa-dina bhikṣā kara’ kahe vinati kariyā

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇe dhariyācatching the lotus feet; daśa-dinafor ten days; bhikṣā karaaccept lunch; kahesays; vinati kariyāwith great submission.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then caught hold of the Lord’s lotus feet and submissively begged, “Please accept lunch for at least ten days.”
প্রভু ক্রমে ক্রমে পাঁচ-দিন ঘাটাইল ।
পাঁচ-দিন তাঁর ভিক্ষা নিয়ম করিল ॥ ১৯২ ॥
prabhu krame krame pāṅca-dina ghāṭāila
pāṅca-dina tāṅra bhikṣā niyama karila

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; krame kramegradually; pāṅca-dinato five days; ghāṭāilareduced; pāñca-dinafor five days; tāṅrahis; bhikṣāinvitation for lunch; niyama karilaaccepted regularly.

Translation

In this way, by and by, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu reduced the duration to five days. Thus for five days He regularly accepted the Bhaṭṭācārya’s invitation to lunch.
তবে সার্বভৌম করে আর নিবেদন ।
তোমার সঙ্গে সন্ন্যাসী আছে দশজন ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
tabe sārvabhauma kare āra nivedana
tomāra saṅge sannyāsī āche daśa-jana

Synonyms

tabethereafter; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karedoes; āraanother; nivedanasubmission; tomāra saṅgewith You; sannyāsīin the renounced order of life; āchethere are; daśa-janaten persons.

Translation

After this, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “My Lord, there are ten sannyāsīs with You.”

Purport

A sannyāsī should not cook food for himself or accept an invitation to eat at a devotee’s house continuously for many days. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very kind and affectionate toward His devotees, yet He would not accept a long invitation at Sārvabhauma’s house. Out of affection, He accepted only five days in the month. The ten sannyāsīs living with the Lord were (1) Paramānanda Purī, (2) Svarūpa Dāmodara, (3) Brahmānanda Purī, (4) Brahmānanda Bhāratī, (5) Viṣṇu Purī, (6) Keśava Purī, (7) Kṛṣṇānanda Purī, (8) Nṛsiṁha Tīrtha, (9) Sukhānanda Purī and (10) Satyānanda Bhāratī.
পুরী-গোসাঞির ভিক্ষা পাঁচদিন মোর ঘরে ।
পূর্বে আমি কহিয়াছোঁ তোমার গোচরে ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
purī-gosāñira bhikṣā pāṅca-dina mora ghare
pūrve āmi kahiyāchoṅ tomāra gocare

Synonyms

purī-gosāñiraof Paramānanda Purī; bhikṣāinvitation for lunch; pāṅca-dinafive days; mora ghareat my home; pūrvepreviously; āmiI; kahiyāchoṅmentioned; tomāra gocareit is known to You.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then submitted that Paramānanda Purī Gosvāmī would accept a five-day invitation at his place. This had already been settled before the Lord.
দামোদর-স্বরূপ, এই বান্ধব আমার ।
কভু তোমার সঙ্গে যাবে, কভু একেশ্বর ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
dāmodara-svarūpa, — ei bāndhava āmāra
kabhu tomāra saṅge yābe, kabhu ekeśvara

Synonyms

dāmodara-svarūpaSvarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī; eithis; bāndhava āmāramy very intimate friend; kabhusometimes; tomāra saṅgewith You; yābewill come; kabhusometimes; ekeśvaraalone.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Dāmodara Svarūpa is my intimate friend. He will come sometimes with You and sometimes alone.
আর অষ্ট সন্ন্যাসীর ভিক্ষা দুই দুই দিবসে ।
এক একদিন, এক এক জনে পূর্ণ হইল মাসে ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
āra aṣṭa sannyāsīra bhikṣā dui dui divase
eka eka-dina, eka eka jane pūrṇa ha-ila māse

Synonyms

āraother; aṣṭaeight; sannyāsīraof sannyāsīs; bhikṣāinvitation for lunch; dui dui divasetwo days each; eka eka-dinaon each day; eka eka janeone person; pūrṇafilled; ha-ilawill be; māsethe month.

Translation

“The other eight sannyāsīs will accept invitations for two days each. In this way there will be engagements for each and every day during the entire month.

Purport

During the entire month, consisting of thirty days, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would visit Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya for five days, Paramānanda Purī Gosvāmī would visit for five days, Svarūpa Dāmodara for four days, and the eight other sannyāsīs for two days each. In this way the thirty days of the month would be filled.
বহুত সন্ন্যাসী যদি আইসে এক ঠাঞি ।
সম্মান করিতে নারি, অপরাধ পাই ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
bahuta sannyāsī yadi āise eka ṭhāñi
sammāna karite nāri, aparādha pāi

Synonyms

bahuta sannyāsīmany sannyāsīs; yadiif; āisecome; eka ṭhāñitogether; sammāna karite nāriI cannot receive them properly; aparādha pāiI shall be an offender.

Translation

“If all the sannyāsīs came together, it would not be possible for me to pay them proper respects. Therefore I would be an offender.
তুমিহ নিজ-ছায়ে আসিবে মোর ঘর ।
কভু সঙ্গে আসিবেন স্বরূপ-দামোদর ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
tumiha nija-chāye āsibe mora ghara
kabhu saṅge āsibena svarūpa-dāmodara

Synonyms

tumihaYou; nija-chāyealone; āsibewill come; mora gharato my place; kabhusometimes; saṅgewith You; āsibenawill come; svarūpa-dāmodaraSvarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī.

Translation

“Sometimes You will come alone to my place, and sometimes You will be accompanied by Svarūpa Dāmodara.”
প্রভুর ইঙ্গিত পাঞা আনন্দিত মন ।
সেই দিন মহাপ্রভুর কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
prabhura iṅgita pāñā ānandita mana
sei dina mahāprabhura kaila nimantraṇa

Synonyms

prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; iṅgitaacceptance; pāñāreceiving; ānanditavery happy; manamind; sei dinaon that day; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailamade; nimantraṇainvitation.

Translation

Having this arrangement confirmed by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Bhaṭṭācārya became very glad and immediately invited the Lord to his house on that very day.
‘ষাঠির মাতা’ নাম, ভট্টাচার্যের গৃহিণী ।
প্রভুর মহাভক্ত তেঁহো, স্নেহেতে জননী ॥ ২০০ ॥
‘ṣāṭhīra mātā’ nāma, bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī
prabhura mahā-bhakta teṅho, snehete jananī

Synonyms

ṣāṭhīra mātāthe mother of Ṣāṭhī; nāmanamed; bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇīthe wife of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mahā-bhaktaa great devotee; teṅhoshe; snehetein affection; jananījust like a mother.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s wife was known as Ṣāṭhīra Mātā, the mother of Ṣāṭhī. She was a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and she was affectionate like a mother.
ঘরে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য তাঁরে আজ্ঞা দিল ।
আনন্দে ষাঠীর মাতা পাক চড়াইল ॥ ২০১ ॥
ghare āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya tāṅre ājñā dila
ānande ṣāṭhīra mātā pāka caḍāila

Synonyms

ghare āsi’coming home; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅreher; ājñā dilaordered; ānandewith great satisfaction; ṣāṭhīra mātāthe mother of Ṣāṭhī; pāka caḍāilabegan cooking.

Translation

After returning to his home, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya gave orders to his wife, and his wife, Ṣāṭhīra Mātā, began cooking with great pleasure.
ভট্টাচার্যের গৃহে সব দ্রব্য আছে ভরি’ ।
যেবা শাকফলাদিক, আনাইল আহরি’ ॥ ২০২ ॥
bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe saba dravya āche bhari’
yebā śāka-phalādika, ānāila āhari’

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryera gṛheat the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; saba dravyaall kinds of ingredients; āchethere are; bhari’filling; yebāwhatever; śākaspinach; phala-ādikafruits and so on; ānāilahe brought; āhari’collecting.

Translation

At Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, there was always a full stock of food. Whatever spinach, vegetables, fruit and so on were required, he collected and brought back home.
আপনি ভট্টাচার্য করে পাকের সব কর্ম ।
ষাঠীর মাতা — বিচক্ষণা, জানে পাক-মর্ম ॥ ২০৩ ॥
āpani bhaṭṭācārya kare pākera saba karma
ṣāṭhīra mātā — vicakṣaṇā, jāne pāka-marma

Synonyms

āpanipersonally; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karearranges; pākeraof cooking; saba karmaall activities; ṣāṭhīra mātāthe mother of Ṣāṭhī; vicakṣaṇāvery experienced; jāneknows; pāka-marmahow to cook.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya personally began to help Ṣāṭhīra Mātā cook. She was very experienced, and she knew how to cook nicely.
পাকশালার দক্ষিণে — দুই ভোগালয় ।
এক-ঘরে শালগ্রামের ভোগ-সেবা হয় ॥ ২০৪ ॥
pāka-śālāra dakṣiṇe — dui bhogālaya
eka-ghare śālagrāmera bhoga-sevā haya

Synonyms

pāka-śālāra dakṣiṇeon the southern side of the kitchen; dui bhoga-ālayatwo rooms for offering food; eka-gharein one room; śālagrāmeraof Lord Śālagrāma; bhoga-sevāoffering of food; hayathere is.

Translation

On the southern side of the kitchen were two rooms for offering food, and in one of them the food was offered to Śālagrāma Nārāyaṇa.

Purport

Among the followers of the Vedic way, the śālagrāma-śilā, the vigraha of Nārāyaṇa, is worshiped in the form of a stone ball. In India, every brāhmaṇa still worships the śālagrāma-śilā in his home. The vaiśyas and kṣatriyas may also engage in this worship, but it is compulsory in the house of a brāhmaṇa.
আর ঘর মহাপ্রভুর ভিক্ষার লাগিয়া ।
নিভৃতে করিয়াছে ভট্ট নূতন করিয়া ॥ ২০৫ ॥
āra ghara mahāprabhura bhikṣāra lāgiyā
nibhṛte kariyāche bhaṭṭa nūtana kariyā

Synonyms

āra gharathe other room; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhikṣāra lāgiyāfor taking lunch; nibhṛte kariyācheconstructed in a solitary place; bhaṭṭaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; nūtana kariyānewly done.

Translation

The other room was for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lunch. The Lord’s lunchroom was very secluded, and it was newly constructed by the Bhaṭṭācārya.
বাহ্যে এক দ্বার তার, প্রভু প্রবেশিতে ।
পাকশালার এক দ্বার অন্ন পরিবেশিতে ॥ ২০৬ ॥
bāhye eka dvāra tāra, prabhu praveśite
pāka-śālāra eka dvāra anna pariveśite

Synonyms

bāhyeoutside; eka dvāraone door; tāraof this room; prabhu praveśitefor the entrance of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāka-śālāraof the kitchen; eka dvāraanother door; annafood; pariveśiteto serve.

Translation

The room was so constructed that there was only one door opening on the outside, which served as an entrance for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. There was another door attached to the kitchen, and it was through this door that the food was brought.
বত্তিশা-আঠিয়া কলার আঙ্গটিয়া পাতে ।
তিন-মান তণ্ডুলের উভারিল ভাতে ॥ ২০৭ ॥
battiśā-āṭhiyā kalāra āṅgaṭiyā pāte
tina-māna taṇḍulera ubhārila bhāte

Synonyms

battiśā-āṭhiyānamed battiśā-āṭhiyā; kalāraof the banana tree; āṅgaṭiyāwithout being divided; pāteon a leaf; tinathree; mānamānas (a certain weight); taṇḍuleraof rice; ubhārilapoured; bhātecooked rice.

Translation

First, three mānas of cooked rice — almost six pounds — was poured onto a big banana leaf.

Purport

This is the beginning of a description of the food prepared for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This description is given by Kavirāja Gosvāmī, who, it is assumed, was an expert cook who knew both how to prepare and how to serve food.
পীত-সুগন্ধি-ঘৃতে অন্ন সিক্ত কৈল ।
চারিদিকে পাতে ঘৃত বহিয়া চলিল ॥ ২০৮ ॥
pīta-sugandhi-ghṛte anna sikta kaila
cāri-dike pāte ghṛta vahiyā calila

Synonyms

pītayellowish; su-gandhifragrant; ghṛtewith clarified butter; annarice; siktamixed; kailamade; cāri-dikeon all sides; pātethe leaf; ghṛtathe clarified butter; vahiyā calilabegan to flood.

Translation

Then the whole stack of rice was mixed with so much yellowish and fragrant clarified butter that it began to overflow the leaf.
কেয়াপত্র-কলাখোলা-ডোঙ্গা সারি সারি ।
চারিদিকে ধরিয়াছে নানা ব্যঞ্জন ভরি’ ॥ ২০৯ ॥
keyāpatra-kalākholā-ḍoṅgā sāri sāri
cāri-dike dhariyāche nānā vyañjana bhari’

Synonyms

keyā-patrathe leaf of the keyā plant; kalā-kholāthe skin of the banana tree; ḍoṅgāpots; sāri sārione after another; cāri-dikeon all sides; dhariyāchewere holding; nānāvarious; vyañjanacooked vegetables; bhari’filled.

Translation

There were a number of pots made of the bark of banana trees and the leaves of the keyā plant. These pots were filled with various cooked vegetables and placed on all sides of the leaf.
দশপ্ৰকার শাক, নিম্ব-তিক্ত-সুখ্‌ত-ঝোল ।
মরিচের ঝাল, ছানাবড়া, বড়ি ঘোল ॥ ২১০ ॥
daśa-prakāra śāka, nimba-tikta-sukhta-jhola
maricera jhāla, chānā-baḍā, baḍi ghola

Synonyms

daśa-prakāra śākaspinach of ten varieties; nimba-tikta-sukhta-jholaa soup called sukhta, made with bitter nimba leaf; maricera jhālaa pungent preparation made with black pepper; chānā-baḍāa mild cake made of fried curd; baḍi gholabuttermilk with small pieces of fried dhal.

Translation

There were about ten kinds of spinach, a soup called sukhta, which was made with bitter nimba leaves, a pungent preparation made with black pepper, a mild cake made of fried curd, and buttermilk mixed with small fried pieces of dhal.
দুগ্ধতুম্বী, দুগ্ধকুষ্মাণ্ড, বেসর, লাফ্‌রা ।
মোচাঘণ্ট, মোচাভাজা, বিবিধ শাক্‌রা ॥ ২১১ ॥
dugdha-tumbī, dugdha-kuṣmāṇḍa, vesara, lāphrā
mocā-ghaṇṭa, mocā-bhājā, vividha śākrā

Synonyms

dugdha-tumbīsquash cooked with milk; dugdha-kuṣmāṇḍapumpkin cooked with milk; vesaraa preparation made from chick-pea flour; lāphrāa combination of several vegetables; mocā-ghaṇṭaboiled banana flowers; mocā-bhājāfried banana flowers; vividhavarious; śākrāvegetables.

Translation

There were preparations of dugdha-tumbī, dugdha-kuṣmāṇḍa, vesara, lāphrā, mocā-ghaṇṭa, mocā-bhājā and other vegetables.
বৃদ্ধকুষ্মাণ্ডবড়ীর ব্যঞ্জন অপার ।
ফুলবড়ী-ফল-মূল বিবিধ প্রকার ॥ ২১২ ॥
vṛddha-kuṣmāṇḍa-baḍīra vyañjana apāra
phulabaḍī-phala-mūla vividha prakāra

Synonyms

vṛddha-kuṣmāṇḍa-baḍīraof small pieces of fried dhal mixed with ripe pumpkin; vyañjanavegetables; apāraunlimited; phula-baḍīsmall fried pieces of another kind of dhal; phalafruits; mūlaroots; vividha prakāraof different varieties.

Translation

There were unlimited quantities of vṛddha-kuṣmāṇḍa-baḍī, phula-baḍī, fruits and various roots.
নব-নিম্বপত্র-সহ ভৃষ্ট-বার্তাকী ।
ফুলবড়ী, পটোল-ভাজা, কুষ্মাণ্ড-মান-চাকী ॥ ২১৩ ॥
nava-nimbapatra-saha bhṛṣṭa-vārtākī
phula-baḍī paṭola-bhājā, kuṣmāṇḍa-māna-cākī

Synonyms

navanewly grown; nimba-patranimba leaves; sahaalong with; bhṛṣṭa-vārtākīfried eggplant; phula-baḍīlight baḍī; paṭola-bhājāfried paṭola vegetable; kuṣmāṇḍaof pumpkin; mānaof squash; cākīrounds.

Translation

Other preparations included eggplant mixed with newly grown nimba leaves fried together, light baḍī, fried paṭola and fried rounds of squash and pumpkin.
ভৃষ্ট-মাষ-মুদ্‌গ-সূপ অমৃত নিন্দয় ।
মধুরাম্ল, বড়াম্লাদি অম্ল পাঁচ ছয় ॥ ২১৪ ॥
bhṛṣṭa-māṣa-mudga-sūpa amṛta nindaya
madhurāmla, baḍāmlādi amla pāṅca chaya

Synonyms

bhṛṣṭafried; māṣaurad dhal; mudgamung dhal; sūpasoup; amṛtanectar; nindayadefeating; madhura-amlasweet chutney; baḍa-amlasour preparation made with fried dhal; ādiand so on; amlasour; pāṅca chayafive or six kinds.

Translation

There was a soup made with fried urad dhal and mung dhal, defeating nectar. There were also sweet chutney and five or six kinds of sour preparations, beginning with baḍāmla.
মুদ্‌গবড়া, মাষবড়া, কলাবড়া মিষ্ট ।
ক্ষীরপুলি, নারিকেল-পুলি আর যত পিষ্ট ॥ ২১৫ ॥
mudga-baḍā, māṣa-baḍā, kalā-baḍā miṣṭa
kṣīra-puli, nārikela-puli āra yata piṣṭa

Synonyms

mudga-baḍāfried cakes made of mung dhal; māṣa-baḍāfried cakes made of urad dhal; kalā-baḍāfried cakes made of banana; miṣṭavery sweet; kṣīra-pulicakes made with sweet rice; nārikela-pulicoconut cake; āraand; yatavarieties of; piṣṭacakes.

Translation

There were baḍās made of mung dhal, of urad dhal and of sweet bananas, and there were sweet-rice cakes, coconut cakes and various other cakes.
কাঁজিবড়া, দুগ্ধ-চিড়া, দুগ্ধ-লক্‌লকী ।
আর যত পিঠা কৈল, কহিতে না শকি ॥ ২১৬ ॥
kāṅji-baḍā, dugdha-ciḍā, dugdha-laklakī
āra yata piṭhā kaila, kahite nā śaki

Synonyms

kāṅji-baḍācakes made with sour rice-water; dugdha-ciḍāsweet rice mixed with milk; dugdha-laklakīanother preparation of milk and cakes to be licked up; āraand; yatavarious types of; piṭhācakes; kailamade; kahiteto describe; śakiI am not able.

Translation

There were kāṅji-baḍā, dugdha-ciḍā, dugdha-laklakī and various cakes that I am unable to describe.
ঘৃত-সিক্ত পরমান্ন, মৃৎকুণ্ডিকা ভরি’ ।
চাঁপাকলা-ঘনদুগ্ধ-আম্র তাহা ধরি ॥ ২১৭ ॥
ghṛta-sikta paramānna, mṛt-kuṇḍikā bhari’
cāṅpākalā-ghanadugdha-āmra tāhā dhari

Synonyms

ghṛta-sikta parama-annasweet rice mixed with ghee; mṛt-kuṇḍikā bhari’filling an earthen pot; cāṅpā-kalāa kind of banana; ghana-dugdhacondensed milk; āmramango pulp; tāhāthat; dhariincluding.

Translation

Sweet rice mixed with ghee was poured into an earthen pot and mixed with cāṅpā-kalā, condensed milk and mango.
রসালা-মথিত দধি, সন্দেশ অপার ।
গৌড়ে উৎকলে যত ভক্ষ্যের প্রকার ॥ ২১৮ ॥
rasālā-mathita dadhi, sandeśa apāra
gauḍe utkale yata bhakṣyera prakāra

Synonyms

rasālādelicious; mathitachurned; dadhicurd; sandeśaa sweetmeat; apāraunlimited; gauḍein Bengal; utkalein Orissa; yataall; bhakṣyeraof eatables; prakārakinds.

Translation

Other preparations included a very delicious churned curd and a variety of sandeśa sweetmeats. Indeed, all the various eatables available in Bengal and Orissa were prepared.
শ্রদ্ধা করি’ ভট্টাচার্য সব করাইল ।
শুভ্র-পীঠোপরি সূক্ষ্ম বসন পাতিল ॥ ২১৯ ॥
śraddhā kari’ bhaṭṭācārya saba karāila
śubhra-pīṭhopari sūkṣma vasana pātila

Synonyms

śraddhā kari’with great respect; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; saba karāilahad them all prepared; śubhrawhite; pīṭhaa wooden platform; upariover; sūkṣmafine; vasanacloth; pātilaspread.

Translation

Thus the Bhaṭṭācārya prepared a great variety of food and spread a fine cloth over a white wooden platform.
দুই পাশে সুগন্ধি শীতল জল-ঝারী ।
অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জনোপরি দিল তুলসী-মঞ্জরী ॥ ২২০ ॥
dui pāśe sugandhi śītala jala-jhārī
anna-vyañjanopari dila tulasī-mañjarī

Synonyms

dui pāśeon two sides; su-gandhinicely scented; śītalacold; jala-jhāripitchers of water; anna-vyañjana-upariover the rice and vegetables; dilaplaced; tulasī-mañjarīflowers of tulasī..

Translation

On two sides of the stack of food were pitchers filled with scented cold water. The flowers of the tulasī tree were placed atop the mound of rice.
অমৃত-গুটিকা, পিঠা-পানা আনাইল ।
জগন্নাথ-প্রসাদ সব পৃথক্ ধরিল ॥ ২২১ ॥
amṛta-guṭikā, piṭhā-pānā ānāila
jagannātha-prasāda saba pṛthak dharila

Synonyms

amṛta-guṭikāthe sweet named amṛta-guṭikā; piṭhā-pānācakes and sweet rice; ānāilabrought; jagannātha-prasādaremnants of the food of Lord Jagannātha; sabaall; pṛthak dharilakept separately.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya also included several types of food that had been offered to Lord Jagannātha. These included sweetballs known as amṛta-guṭikā, sweet rice and cakes. All these were kept separate.

Purport

Although the remnants of food left by Jagannātha were brought into the Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, they were kept separate from the preparations he had made at his home. It sometimes happens that prasādam is mixed with a larger quantity of food and then distributed, but in this case we find that Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya kept the jagannātha-prasādam separate. He kept it aside particularly for the satisfaction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
হেনকালে মহাপ্ৰভু মধ্যাহ্ন করিয়া ।
একলে আইল তাঁর হৃদয় জানিয়া ॥ ২২২ ॥
hena-kāle mahāprabhu madhyāhna kariyā
ekale āila tāṅra hṛdaya jāniyā

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; madhyāhna kariyāfinishing His midday duties; ekalealone; āilacame; tāṅraof Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; hṛdayathe heart; jāniyāknowing.

Translation

When everything was ready, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu came there alone after finishing His midday duties. He knew the heart of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
ভট্টাচার্য কৈল তবে পাদ প্রক্ষালন ।
ঘরের ভিতরে গেলা করিতে ভোজন ॥ ২২৩ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya kaila tabe pāda prakṣālana
gharera bhitare gelā karite bhojana

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kailaperformed; tabethereafter; pāda prakṣālanawashing the feet; gharera bhitarewithin the room; gelāentered; karite bhojanato take lunch.

Translation

After Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya washed the Lord’s feet, the Lord entered the room to take His lunch.
অন্নাদি দেখিয়া প্রভু বিস্মিত হঞা ।
ভট্টাচার্যে কহে কিছু ভঙ্গি করিয়া ॥ ২২৪ ॥
annādi dekhiyā prabhu vismita hañā
bhaṭṭācārye kahe kichu bhaṅgi kariyā

Synonyms

anna-ādi dekhiyāseeing the arrangement of food; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vismita hañābeing astonished; bhaṭṭācārye kahesaid to the Bhaṭṭācārya; kichusome; bhaṅgigesture; kariyāmaking.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was a little astonished to see the gorgeous arrangement, and gesturing, He spoke to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
অলৌকিক এই সব অন্ন-ব্যঞ্জন ।
দুই প্রহর ভিতরে কৈছে হইল রন্ধন ? ২২৫ ॥
alaukika ei saba anna-vyañjana
dui prahara bhitare kaiche ha-ila randhana?

Synonyms

alaukikauncommon; eithis; sabaall; anna-vyañjanarice and vegetables; dui prahara bhitarewithin six hours; kaichehow; ha-ila randhanacooking was finished.

Translation

“This is most uncommon! How was this arrangement of rice and vegetables finished within six hours?
শত চুলায় শত জন পাক যদি করে ।
তবু শীঘ্র এত দ্রব্য রান্ধিতে না পারে ॥ ২২৬ ॥
śata culāya śata jana pāka yadi kare
tabu śīghra eta dravya rāndhite nā pāre

Synonyms

śata culāyaon one hundred stoves; śata janaone hundred men; pāka yadi kareif engaged in cooking; tabustill; śīghraso soon; eta dravyaso many preparations; rāndhite pārecould not cook.

Translation

“Even a hundred men cooking on a hundred stoves could not possibly finish all these preparations within so short a time.
কৃষ্ণের ভোগ লাগাঞাছ, — অনুমান করি ।
উপরে দেখিয়ে যাতে তুলসী-মঞ্জরী ॥ ২২৭ ॥
kṛṣṇera bhoga lāgāñācha, — anumāna kari
upare dekhiye yāte tulasī-mañjarī

Synonyms

kṛṣṇera bhoga lāgāñāchayou have offered to Kṛṣṇa; anumāna kariI hope; upareupon the food; dekhiyeI see; yātesince; tulasī-mañjarīflowers of the tulasī tree.

Translation

“I hope the food has already been offered to Kṛṣṇa, since I see there are tulasī flowers on it.
ভাগ্যবান্ তুমি, সফল তোমার উদ্‌যোগ ।
রাধাকৃষ্ণে লাগাঞাছ এতাদৃশ ভোগ ॥ ২২৮ ॥
bhāgyavān tumi, saphala tomāra udyoga
rādhā-kṛṣṇe lāgāñācha etādṛśa bhoga

Synonyms

bhāgyavān tumiyou are fortunate; sa-phalasuccessful; tomārayour; udyogaendeavor; rādhā-kṛṣṇeunto Their Lordships Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa; lāgāñāchayou offered; etādṛśasuch; bhogafood.

Translation

“You are most fortunate, and your endeavor is successful, for you have offered such wonderful food to Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa.
অন্নের সৌরভ্য, বর্ণ — অতি মনোরম ।
রাধাকৃষ্ণ সাক্ষাৎ ইহাঁ করিয়াছেন ভোজন ॥ ২২৯ ॥
annera saurabhya, varṇa — ati manorama
rādhā-kṛṣṇa sākṣāt ihāṅ kariyāchena bhojana

Synonyms

annera saurabhyathe fragrance of the cooked rice; varṇacolor; ati manoramavery attractive; rādhā-kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa and Rādhārāṇī; sākṣātdirectly; ihāṅall this; kariyāchena bhojanahave eaten.

Translation

“The color of the rice is so attractive and its aroma so good that it appears Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa have directly taken it.
তোমার বহুত ভাগ্য কত প্ৰশংসিব ।
আমি — ভাগ্যবান্‌, ইহার অবশেষ পাব ॥ ২৩০ ॥
tomāra bahuta bhāgya kata praśaṁsiba
āmi — bhāgyavān, ihāra avaśeṣa pāba

Synonyms

tomārayour; bahutagreat; bhāgyafortune; katahow much; praśaṁsibashall I praise; āmiI; bhāgyavānfortunate; ihāraof this; avaśeṣaremnants; pābashall get.

Translation

“My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, your fortune is very great. How much shall I praise you? I also am very fortunate to be able to take the remnants of this food.
কৃষ্ণের আসন-পীঠ রাখহ উঠাঞা ।
মোরে প্রসাদ দেহ’ ভিন্ন পাত্রেতে করিয়া ॥ ২৩১ ॥
kṛṣṇera āsana-pīṭha rākhaha uṭhāñā
more prasāda deha’ bhinna pātrete kariyā

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; āsana-pīṭhathe sitting place; rākhahakeep aside; uṭhāñāraising; moreunto Me; prasādaprasādam; deha’give; bhinnaseparate; pātreteon a plate; kariyāputting.

Translation

“Take away Kṛṣṇa’s sitting place and put it aside. Then give Me prasādam on a different plate.”
ভট্টাচার্য বলে, — প্রভু না করহ বিস্ময় ।
যেই খাবে, তাঁহার শক্ত্যে ভোগ সিদ্ধ হয় ॥ ২৩২ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya bale — prabhu nā karaha vismaya
yei khābe, tāṅhāra śaktye bhoga siddha haya

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācārya balethe Bhaṭṭācārya said; prabhumy Lord; karaha vismayado not become astonished; yei khābewhoever shall eat; tāṅhāra śaktyeby His grace; bhogathe food; siddha hayahas been prepared.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “It is not so wonderful, my Lord. Everything has been made possible by the energy and mercy of Him who will eat the food.
উদ্‌যোগ না ছিল মোর গৃহিণীর রন্ধনে ।
যাঁর শক্ত্যে ভোগ সিদ্ধ, সেই তাহা জানে ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
udyoga nā chila mora gṛhiṇīra randhane
yāṅra śaktye bhoga siddha, sei tāhā jāne

Synonyms

udyogaexertion; chilathere was not; moraof me; gṛhiṇīraof my wife; randhanein cooking; yāṅra śaktyeby whose potency; bhoga siddhathe food has been prepared; seiHe; tāhā jāneknows that.

Translation

“My wife and I did not especially exert ourselves in the cooking. He by whose power the food has been prepared knows everything.
এইত আসনে বসি’ করহ ভোজন ।
প্রভু কহে, — পূজ্য এই কৃষ্ণের আসন ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
eita āsane vasi’ karaha bhojana
prabhu kahe, — pūjya ei kṛṣṇera āsana

Synonyms

eita āsaneon this sitting place; vasi’sitting; karaha bhojanatake Your lunch; prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; pūjyaworshipable; eithis; kṛṣṇera āsanasitting place of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“Now please sit in this place and take Your lunch.”

Purport

Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “This place is worshipable because it was used by Kṛṣṇa.”
According to etiquette, things used by Kṛṣṇa should not be used by anyone else. Similarly, things used by the spiritual master should also not be used by anyone else. That is etiquette. Whatever is used by Kṛṣṇa or the spiritual master is worshipable. In particular, their sitting or eating places should not be used by anyone else. A devotee must be very careful to observe this.
ভট্ট কহে, — অন্ন, পীঠ, — সমান প্রসাদ ।
অন্ন খাবে, পীঠে বসিতে কাহাঁ অপরাধ ? ২৩৫ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, — anna, pīṭha, — samāna prasāda
anna khābe, pīṭhe vasite kāhāṅ aparādha?

Synonyms

bhaṭṭa kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said; annafood; pīṭhasitting place; samānaequal; prasādamercy remnants of the Lord; anna khābeYou will eat the food; pīṭhe vasiteto sit on the place; kāhāṅ aparādhawhere is the offense.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Both the food and the sitting place are the Lord’s mercy. If You can eat the remnants of the food, what is the offense in Your sitting in this place?”
প্রভু কহে, — ভাল কৈলে, শাস্ত্র-আজ্ঞা হয় ।
কৃষ্ণের সকল শেষ ভৃত্য আস্বাদয় ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — bhāla kaile, śāstra-ājñā haya
kṛṣṇera sakala śeṣa bhṛtya āsvādaya

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; bhāla kaileyou have spoken correctly; śāstra-ājñā hayathere is such an order in the revealed scripture; kṛṣṇera sakala śeṣaeverything left by Kṛṣṇa; bhṛtyathe servant; āsvādayapartakes of.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “Yes, you have spoken correctly. The śāstras enjoin that the devotee can partake of everything left by Kṛṣṇa.
ত্বয়োপযুক্তস্রগ্ গন্ধবাসোঽলঙ্কারচর্চিতাঃ ।
উচ্ছিষ্টভোজিনো দাসাস্তব মায়াং জয়েম হি ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
tvayopayukta-srag-gandha-
vāso ’laṅkāra-carcitāḥ
ucchiṣṭa-bhojino dāsās
tava māyāṁ jayema hi

Synonyms

tvayāby You; upayuktaused; srakflower garlands; gandhascented substances like sandalwood pulp; vāsaḥgarments; alaṅkāraornaments; carcitāḥbeing decorated with; ucchiṣṭaremnants of food; bhojinaḥeating; dāsāḥservants; tavaYour; māyāmillusory energy; jayemacan conquer over; hicertainly.

Translation

“ ‘My dear Lord, the garlands, scented substances, garments, ornaments and other such things that have been offered to You may later be used by Your servants. By partaking of these things and eating the remnants of food You have left, we will be able to conquer the illusory energy.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.6.46). In the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, the dancing in ecstasy and the eating of the remnants of food offered to the Lord are very, very important. One may be illiterate or incapable of understanding the philosophy, but if he partakes of these three items, he will certainly be liberated without delay.
This verse was spoken by Uddhava to Lord Kṛṣṇa. This was during the time when the Uddhava-gītā was spoken. At that time there was some disturbance in Dvārakā, and Lord Kṛṣṇa decided to leave the material world and enter the spiritual world. Uddhava could understand the situation, and he talked with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The verse quoted above is an excerpt from their conversation. Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes in this material world are called prakaṭa-līlā (manifested pastimes), and His pastimes in the spiritual world are called aprakaṭa-līlā (unmanifested pastimes). By “unmanifested” we mean that they are not present before our eyes. It is not that Lord Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are nonexistent. They are going on exactly as the sun is shining perpetually, but when the sun is present before our eyes, we call it daytime (manifest), and when it is not present, we call it night (unmanifest). Those who are above the jurisdiction of night are always in the spiritual world, where the Lord’s pastimes are constantly manifest to them. As the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.37-38) confirms:
ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis
tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ
goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena
santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti
yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
“I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who resides in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic potency [hlādinī]. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful spiritual rasa. I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself, with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of love.”
তথাপি এতেক অন্ন খাওন না যায় ।
ভট্ট কহে, — জানি, খাও যতেক যুয়ায় ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
tathāpi eteka anna khāona nā yāya
bhaṭṭa kahe, — jāni, khāo yateka yuyāya

Synonyms

tathāpistill; etekaso much; annafood; khāonaeating; yāyais not possible; bhaṭṭa kahethe Bhaṭṭācārya said; jāniI know; khāoYou can eat; yatekahow much; yuyāyais possible.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “There is so much food here that it is impossible to eat it all.”

Purport

The Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “I know how much You can eat.
নীলাচলে ভোজন তুমি কর বায়ান্ন বার ।
এক এক ভোগের অন্ন শত শত ভার ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
nīlācale bhojana tumi kara bāyānna bāra
eka eka bhogera anna śata śata bhāra

Synonyms

nīlācaleat Jagannātha Purī; bhojanaaccepting lunch; tumiYou; karado; bāyānna bārafifty-two times; eka eka bhogeraof each and every offering; annaeatables; śata śata bhārahundreds of buckets.

Translation

“After all, at Jagannātha Purī You eat fifty-two times a day, and each time You eat hundreds of buckets filled with prasādam.
দ্বারকাতে ষোল-সহস্র মহিষী-মন্দিরে ।
অষ্টাদশ মাতা, আর যাদবের ঘরে ॥ ২৪০ ॥
dvārakāte ṣola-sahasra mahiṣī-mandire
aṣṭādaśa mātā, āra yādavera ghare

Synonyms

dvārakāteat Dvārakā-dhāma; ṣola-sahasrasixteen thousand; mahiṣīqueens; mandirepalaces; aṣṭādaśa mātāeighteen mothers; āraand; yādavera gharein the house of the Yadu dynasty.

Translation

“At Dvārakā, You keep sixteen thousand queens in sixteen thousand palaces. Also, there are eighteen mothers and numerous friends and relatives of the Yadu dynasty.
ব্রজে জ্যেঠা, খুড়া, মামা, পিসাদি গোপগণ ।
সখাবৃন্দ সবার ঘরে দ্বিসন্ধ্যা-ভোজন ॥ ২৪১ ॥
vraje jyeṭhā, khuḍā, māmā, pisādi gopa-gaṇa
sakhā-vṛnda sabāra ghare dvisandhyā-bhojana

Synonyms

vrajeat Vṛndāvana; jyeṭhāthe father’s elder brothers; khuḍāthe father’s younger brothers; māmāthe mother’s brothers; pisāthe husbands of aunts; ādiand so on; gopa-gaṇacowherd men; sakhā-vṛndahundreds of friends; sabāraof all of them; gharein the houses; dvi-sandhyātwice a day; bhojanaeating.

Translation

“In Vṛndāvana You also have Your father’s elder brothers, Your father’s younger brothers, maternal uncles, husbands of Your father’s sisters and many cowherd men. There are also cowherd boyfriends, and You eat twice a day, morning and evening, in the house of each and every one.

Purport

In Dvārakā, Lord Kṛṣṇa had eighteen mothers — Devakī, Rohiṇī and others. Besides these was His foster mother, Yaśodā, in Vṛndāvana. Lord Kṛṣṇa also had many uncles. As stated by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Bṛhat Śrī Śrī Rādhā-kṛṣṇa-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā (32), upanando ’bhinandaś ca pitṛvyau pūrva-jau pituḥ: “The elder brothers of Nanda Mahārāja were Upananda and Abhinanda.” Similarly, in the same verse the names of the younger brothers of Nanda Mahārāja are given: pitṛvyau tu kanīyāṁsau syātāṁ sannanda-nandanau. “Sannanda and Nandana [also known as Sunanda and Pāṇḍava] were the younger brothers of Kṛṣṇa’s father, Nanda Mahārāja.” Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s maternal uncles are also described in this book (in verse 46): yaśodhara-yaśodeva-sudevādyās tu mātulāḥ. “Yaśodhara, Yaśodeva and Sudeva were the maternal uncles of Kṛṣṇa.” Also mentioned in the Rādhā-kṛṣṇa-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā (38) are Kṛṣṇa’s uncles who were the husbands of Nanda Mahārāja’s sisters: mahānīlaḥ sunīlaś ca ramaṇāv etayoḥ kramāt. “Mahānīla and Sunīla are the husbands of Kṛṣṇa’s aunts.”
গোবর্ধন-যজ্ঞে অন্ন খাইলা রাশি রাশি ।
তার লেখায় এই অন্ন নহে এক গ্রাসী ॥ ২৪২ ॥
govardhana-yajñe anna khāilā rāśi rāśi
tāra lekhāya ei anna nahe eka grāsī

Synonyms

govardhana-yajñein the Govardhana-pūjā sacrifice; annafood; khāilāYou ate; rāśi rāśistacks; tārato that; lekhāyain comparison; eithis; annafood; nahenot; eka grāsīone morsel.

Translation

“Indeed,” Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “at the Govardhana-pūjā ceremony You ate stacks of rice. In comparison to that, this small quantity is not even a morsel for You.
তুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর, মুঞি — ক্ষুদ্র জীব ছার ।
এক-গ্রাস মাধুকরী করহ অঙ্গীকার ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
tumi ta’ īśvara, muñi — kṣudra jīva chāra
eka-grāsa mādhukarī karaha aṅgīkāra

Synonyms

tumiYou; ta’certainly; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; muñiI; kṣudra jīvainsignificant living being; chāraworthless; eka-grāsaone small quantity; mādhu-karīas collected by the bees; karahaplease do; aṅgīkāraaccept.

Translation

“You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whereas I am a most insignificant living being. Therefore please accept a little quantity of food from my house.”

Purport

A sannyāsī is expected to collect a little food from each and every householder. That is to say, he should take whatever he requires to eat. This system is called mādhukarī. The word mādhukarī comes from the word madhukara and means “honey-collecting bees.” Bees collect a little honey from each flower, but all these small quantities of honey accumulate to become a beehive. Sannyāsīs should collect a little from each and every householder and should eat simply what is necessary to maintain the body. Being a sannyāsī, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu could collect a little food from the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, and this was the Bhaṭṭācārya’s request. Compared to the food eaten by the Lord on other occasions, the Bhaṭṭācārya’s feast was not even a morsel. This is what the Bhaṭṭācārya is pointing out to the Lord.
এত শুনি’ হাসি’ প্রভু বসিলা ভোজনে ।
জগন্নাথের প্রসাদ ভট্ট দেন হর্ষ-মনে ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
eta śuni’ hāsi’ prabhu vasilā bhojane
jagannāthera prasāda bhaṭṭa dena harṣa-mane

Synonyms

eta śuni’hearing this; hāsi’smiling; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vasilā bhojanesat down to eat; jagannātheraof Lord Jagannātha; prasādaremnants of food; bhaṭṭaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; dena harṣa-manedelivers in great happiness.

Translation

Hearing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu smiled and sat down to eat. The Bhaṭṭācārya, with great pleasure, first offered Him the prasādam from the Jagannātha temple.
হেনকালে ‘অমোঘ’ — ভট্টাচার্যের জামাতা ।
কুলীন, নিন্দক তেঁহো ষাঠি-কন্যার ভর্তা ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
hena-kāle ‘amogha,’ — bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā
kulīna, nindaka teṅho ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartā

Synonyms

hena-kāleexactly at this time; amoghaAmogha; bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātāthe son-in-law of the Bhaṭṭācārya; kulīnaof aristocratic birth; nindakablasphemer; teṅhohe; ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartāthe husband of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s daughter Ṣāṭhī.

Translation

At this time the Bhaṭṭācārya had a son-in-law named Amogha, who was the husband of his daughter Ṣāṭhī. Although born in an aristocratic brāhmaṇa family, Amogha was a great faultfinder and blasphemer.
ভোজন দেখিতে চাহে, আসিতে না পারে ।
লাঠি-হাতে ভট্টাচার্য আছেন দুয়ারে ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
bhojana dekhite cāhe, āsite nā pāre
lāṭhi-hāte bhaṭṭācārya āchena duyāre

Synonyms

bhojanathe eating; dekhite cāhehe wanted to see; āsite pārecould not come; lāṭhi-hātewith a stick in his hand; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āchenawas; duyāreon the threshold.

Translation

Amogha wanted to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu eat, but he was not allowed to enter. Indeed, the Bhaṭṭācārya guarded the threshold of his house with a stick in his hand.
তেঁহো যদি প্রসাদ দিতে হৈলা আন-মন ।
অমোঘ আসি’ অন্ন দেখি’ করয়ে নিন্দন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
teṅho yadi prasāda dite hailā āna-mana
amogha āsi’ anna dekhi’ karaye nindana

Synonyms

teṅhohe (the Bhaṭṭācārya); yadiwhen; prasāda ditesupplying the prasādam; hailābecame; āna-manainattentive; amoghaAmogha; āsi’coming; anna dekhi’seeing the food; karaye nindanabegan blaspheming.

Translation

However, as soon as the Bhaṭṭācārya began distributing prasādam and was a little inattentive, Amogha came in. Seeing the quantity of food, he began to blaspheme.
এই অন্নে তৃপ্ত হয় দশ বার জন ।
একেলা সন্ন্যাসী করে এতেক ভক্ষণ ! ২৪৮ ॥
ei anne tṛpta haya daśa bāra jana
ekelā sannyāsī kare eteka bhakṣaṇa!

Synonyms

ei annewith so much food; tṛpta hayacan be satisfied; daśa bāra janaat least ten to twelve men; ekelāalone; sannyāsīthis person in the renounced order; karedoes; etekaso much; bhakṣaṇaeating.

Translation

“This much food is sufficient to satisfy ten or twelve men, but this sannyāsī alone is eating so much!”
শুনিতেই ভট্টাচার্য উলটি’ চাহিল ।
তাঁর অবধান দেখি’ অমোঘ পলাইল ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
śunitei bhaṭṭācārya ulaṭi’ cāhila
tāṅra avadhāna dekhi’ amogha palāila

Synonyms

śuniteihearing; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ulaṭi’ cāhilaturned his eyes upon him; tāṅrahis; avadhānaattention; dekhi’seeing; amoghaAmogha; palāilaleft.

Translation

As soon as Amogha said this, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya turned his eyes upon him. Seeing the Bhaṭṭācārya’s attitude, Amogha immediately left.
ভট্টাচার্য লাঠি লঞা মারিতে ধাইল ।
পলাইল অমোঘ, তার লাগ না পাইল ॥ ২৫০ ॥
bhaṭṭācārya lāṭhi lañā mārite dhāila
palāila amogha, tāra lāga nā pāila

Synonyms

bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; lāṭhi lañātaking a stick; māriteto strike; dhāilaran; palāilafled; amoghaAmogha; tārahim; lāga pāilacould not catch.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya ran after him to strike him with a stick, but Amogha fled so fast that the Bhaṭṭācārya could not catch him.
তবে গালি, শাপ দিতে ভট্টাচার্য আইলা ।
নিন্দা শুনি’ মহাপ্ৰভু হাসিতে লাগিলা ॥ ২৫১ ॥
tabe gāli, śāpa dite bhaṭṭācārya āilā
nindā śuni’ mahāprabhu hāsite lāgilā

Synonyms

tabeat that time; gālicalling by ill names; śāpa ditecursing; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āilācame back; nindā śuni’hearing the criticism; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hāsite lāgilābegan to laugh.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya then began to curse his son-in-law and call him ill names. When the Bhaṭṭācārya returned, he saw that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was laughing to hear him criticize Amogha.
শুনি’ ষাঠীর মাতা শিরে-বুকে ঘাত মারে ।
‘ষাঠী রাণ্ডী হউক’ — ইহা বলে বারে বারে ॥ ২৫২ ॥
śuni’ ṣāṭhīra mātā śire-buke ghāta māre
‘ṣāṭhī rāṇḍī ha-uka’ — ihā bale bāre bāre

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; ṣāṭhīra mātāthe mother of Ṣāṭhī; śireon the head; bukeon the chest; ghāta mārestrikes; ṣāṭhī rāṇḍī ha-ukalet Ṣāṭhī become a widow; ihā balesays this; bāre bāreagain and again.

Translation

When Ṣāṭhī’s mother, the Bhaṭṭācārya’s wife, heard of this incident, she immediately began to strike her head and chest, saying again and again, “Let Ṣāṭhī become a widow!”
দুঁহার দুঃখ দেখি’ প্রভু দুঁহা প্রবোধিয়া ।
দুঁহার ইচ্ছাতে ভোজন কৈল তুষ্ট হঞা ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
duṅhāra duḥkha dekhi’ prabhu duṅhā prabodhiyā
duṅhāra icchāte bhojana kaila tuṣṭa hañā

Synonyms

duṅhāra duḥkha dekhi’seeing the lamentation of both; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; duṅhā prabodhiyāpacifying them; duṅhāra icchāteby the will of both of them; bhojana kailatook His lunch; tuṣṭa hañāwith great satisfaction.

Translation

Seeing the lamentation of both husband and wife, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu tried to pacify them. According to their desire, He ate the prasādam and was very satisfied.
আচমন করাঞা ভট্ট দিল মুখবাস ।
তুলসী-মঞ্জরী, লবঙ্গ, এলাচি রসবাস ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
ācamana karāñā bhaṭṭa dila mukha-vāsa
tulasī-mañjarī, lavaṅga, elāci rasa-vāsa

Synonyms

ācamana karāñāproviding water for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to wash His mouth, hands and legs; bhaṭṭaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; dila mukha-vāsagave some flavored spices; tulasī-mañjarīthe flowers of tulasī; lavaṅgacloves; elācicardamom; rasa-vāsathat which brings saliva.

Translation

After Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu finished eating, the Bhaṭṭācārya poured water for the Lord to wash His mouth, hands and legs and offered Him flavored spices, tulasī-mañjarīs, cloves and cardamom.
সর্বাঙ্গে পরাইল প্রভুর মাল্যচন্দন ।
দণ্ডবৎ হঞা বলে সদৈন্য বচন ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
sarvāṅge parāila prabhura mālya-candana
daṇḍavat hañā bale sadainya vacana

Synonyms

sarva-aṅgeall over the body; parāilaput; prabhuraof the Lord; mālya-candanaa flower garland and sandalwood pulp; daṇḍavat hañāoffering obeisances; balesays; sa-dainyahumble; vacanastatement.

Translation

The Bhaṭṭācārya then placed a flower garland over Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and smeared His body with sandalwood pulp. After offering obeisances, the Bhaṭṭācārya submitted the following humble statement.
নিন্দা করাইতে তোমা আনিনু নিজ-ঘরে ।
এই অপরাধ, প্রভু, ক্ষমা কর মোরে ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
nindā karāite tomā āninu nija-ghare
ei aparādha, prabhu, kṣamā kara more

Synonyms

nindā karāitejust to cause blasphemy; tomāYou; āninuI brought; nija-ghareto my place; ei aparādhathis offense; prabhumy Lord; kṣamā karaplease pardon; moreme.

Translation

“I brought You to my home just to have You blasphemed. This is a great offense. Please excuse me. I beg Your pardon.”
প্রভু কহে, — নিন্দা নহে, ‘সহজ’ কহিল ।
ইহাতে তোমার কিবা অপরাধ হৈল ? ২৫৭ ॥
prabhu kahe, — nindā nahe, ‘sahaja’ kahila
ihāte tomāra kibā aparādha haila?

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; nindā nahenot blasphemy; sahajarightly; kahilahe spoke; ihātein this; tomārayour; kibāwhat; aparādhaoffense; hailawas there.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “What Amogha has said is correct; therefore it is not blasphemy. What is your offense?”
এত বলি’ মহাপ্ৰভু চলিলা ভবনে ।
ভট্টাচার্য তাঁর ঘরে গেলা তাঁর সনে ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
eta bali’ mahāprabhu calilā bhavane
bhaṭṭācārya tāṅra ghare gelā tāṅra sane

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; calilā bhavanereturned to His residence; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅra ghareto His place; gelāwent; tāṅra sanewith Him.

Translation

After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left and returned to His residence. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya followed Him.
প্রভু-পদে পড়ি’ বহু আত্মনিন্দা কৈল ।
তাঁরে শান্ত করি’ প্রভু ঘরে পাঠাইল ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
prabhu-pade paḍi’ bahu ātma-nindā kaila
tāṅre śānta kari’ prabhu ghare pāṭhāila

Synonyms

prabhu-padeat the feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; paḍi’falling down; bahumuch; ātma-nindā kailamade self-reproach; tāṅrehim; śānta kari’making pacified; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ghare pāṭhāilasent back to his home.

Translation

Falling down at the Lord’s feet, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said many things in self-reproach. The Lord then pacified him and sent him back to his home.
ঘরে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য ষাঠীর মাতা-সনে ।
আপনা নিন্দিয়া কিছু বলেন বচনে ॥ ২৬০ ॥
ghare āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya ṣāṭhīra mātā-sane
āpanā nindiyā kichu balena vacane

Synonyms

ghare āsi’returning home; bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ṣāṭhīra mātā-sanewith the mother of Ṣāṭhī; āpanā nindiyācondemning himself; kichusome; balena vacanespeaks words.

Translation

After returning to his home, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya consulted with his wife, the mother of Ṣāṭhī. After personally condemning himself, he began to speak as follows.
চৈতন্য-গোসাঞির নিন্দা শুনিল যাহা হৈতে ।
তারে বধ কৈলে হয় পাপ-প্রায়শ্চিত্তে ॥ ২৬১ ॥
caitanya-gosāñira nindā śunila yāhā haite
tāre vadha kaile haya pāpa-prāyaścitte

Synonyms

caitanya-gosāñiraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nindāblasphemy; śunilaI have heard; yāhā haitefrom whom; tāre vadha kaileif he is killed; hayathere is; pāpa-prāyaścitteatonement for the sinful act.

Translation

“If the man who blasphemed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is killed, his sinful action may be atoned.”

Purport

The Hari-bhakti-vilāsa cites the following quotation from the Skanda Purāṇa concerning the blaspheming of a Vaiṣṇava:
yo hi bhāgavataṁ lokamupahāsaṁ nṛpottama
karoti tasya naśyanti
artha-dharma-yaśaḥ-sutāḥ
nindāṁ kurvanti ye mūḍhāvaiṣṇavānāṁ mahātmanām
patanti pitṛbhiḥ sārdhaṁ
mahā-raurava-saṁjñite
hanti nindati vai dveṣṭivaiṣṇavān nābhinandati
krudhyate yāti no harṣaṁ
darśane patanāni ṣaṭ
In a conversation between Mārkaṇḍeya and Bhagīratha, it is said, “My dear King, one who derides an exalted devotee loses the results of his pious activities, his opulence, his reputation and his sons. Vaiṣṇavas are all great souls. Whoever blasphemes them falls down to the hell known as Mahāraurava, accompanied by his forefathers. Whoever kills or blasphemes a Vaiṣṇava and whoever is envious of a Vaiṣṇava or angry with him, or whoever does not offer him obeisances or feel joy upon seeing him, certainly falls into a hellish condition.”
Also, the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (10.314) gives the following quotation from the Dvārakā-māhātmya:
kara-patraiś ca phālyantesu-tīvrair yama-śāsanaiḥ
nindāṁ kurvanti ye pāpā
vaiṣṇavānāṁ mahātmanām
In a conversation between Prahlāda Mahārāja and Bali Mahārāja, it is said, “Those sinful people who blaspheme Vaiṣṇavas, who are all great souls, are subjected very severely to the punishment offered by Yamarāja.”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (313), Jīva Gosvāmī quotes this statement concerning the blaspheming of Lord Viṣṇu:
ye nindanti hṛṣīkeśaṁtad-bhaktaṁ puṇya-rūpiṇam
śata-janmārjitaṁ puṇyaṁ
teṣāṁ naśyati niścitam
te pacyante mahā-ghorekumbhīpāke bhayānake
bhakṣitāḥ kīṭa-saṅghena
yāvac candra-divākarau
śrī-viṣṇor avamānanād gurutaraṁ śrī-vaiṣṇavollaṅghanam
tadīya-dūṣaka-janānna paśyet puruṣādhamān
taiḥ sārdhaṁ vañcaka-janaiḥ
saha-vāsaṁ na kārayet
“ ‘One who criticizes Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees loses all the benefits accrued in a hundred pious births. Such a person rots in the Kumbhīpāka hell and is bitten by worms as long as the sun and moon exist. One should therefore not even see the face of a person who blasphemes Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees. Never try to associate with such persons.’ ”
In his Bhakti-sandarbha (265), Jīva Gosvāmī further quotes from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.74.40):
nindāṁ bhagavataḥ śṛṇvaṁstat-parasya janasya vā
tato nāpaiti yaḥ so ’pi
yāty adhaḥ sukṛtāc cyutaḥ
“ ‘If one does not immediately leave upon hearing the Lord or the Lord’s devotee blasphemed, he falls down from devotional service.’ ” Similarly, Lord Śiva’s wife Satī states in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (4.4.17):
karṇau pidhāya nirayād yad akalpa īśe
dharmāvitary asṛṇibhir nṛbhir asyamāne
chindyāt prasahya ruśatīm asatīṁ prabhuś cej
jihvām asūn api tato visṛjet sa dharmaḥ
“If one hears an irresponsible person blaspheme the master and controller of religion, he should block his ears and go away if unable to punish him. But if one is able to kill, then one should by force cut out the blasphemer’s tongue and kill the offender, and after that he should give up his own life.”
কিম্বা নিজ-প্রাণ যদি করি বিমোচন ।
দুই যোগ্য নহে, দুই শরীর ব্রাহ্মণ ॥ ২৬২ ॥
kimvā nija-prāṇa yadi kari vimocana
dui yogya nahe, dui śarīra brāhmaṇa

Synonyms

kimvāor; nija-prāṇamy own life; yadiif; kari vimocanaI give up; duiboth such actions; yogya naheare not befitting; dui śarīraboth the bodies; brāhmaṇabrāhmaṇas..

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued, “Or, if I give up my own life, this sinful action may be atoned. However, neither of these ideas is befitting because both bodies belong to brāhmaṇas.
পুনঃ সেই নিন্দকের মুখ না দেখিব ।
পরিত্যাগ কৈলুঁ, তার নাম না লইব ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
punaḥ sei nindakera mukha nā dekhiba
parityāga kailuṅ, tāra nāma nā la-iba

Synonyms

punaḥagain; seithat; nindakeraof the blasphemer; mukhaface; not; dekhibaI shall see; parityāgagiving up; kailuṅI do; tārahis; nāmaname; not; la-ibaI shall speak.

Translation

“Instead, I shall never see the face of that blasphemer. I reject him and give up my relationship with him. I shall never even speak his name.
ষাঠীরে কহ — তারে ছাড়ুক, সে হইল ‘পতিত’ ।
‘পতিত’ হইলে ভর্তা ত্যজিতে উচিত ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
ṣāṭhīre kaha — tāre chāḍuka, se ha-ila ‘patita’
‘patita’ ha-ile bhartā tyajite ucita

Synonyms

ṣāṭhīre kahainform Ṣāṭhī; tāre chāḍukalet her give him up; se ha-ilahe has become; patitafallen; patita ha-ilewhen one has fallen; bhartāsuch a husband; tyajiteto give up; ucitais the duty.

Translation

“Inform my daughter Ṣāṭhī to abandon her relationship with her husband because he has fallen down. When the husband falls down, it is the wife’s duty to relinquish the relationship.

Purport

Śrīla Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya considered that if Amogha were killed, the killer would suffer sinful reactions for killing the body of a brāhmaṇa. For the same reason, it would have been undesirable for the Bhaṭṭācārya to commit suicide because he also was a brāhmaṇa. Since neither course could be accepted, the Bhaṭṭācārya decided to give up his relationship with Amogha and never see his face.
As far as killing the body of a brāhmaṇa is concerned, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.53) gives the following injunction concerning a brahma-bandhu, a person born of a brāhmaṇa father but devoid of brahminical qualities:
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
brahma-bandhur na hantavya
ātatāyī vadhār-haṇaḥ
“The Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa said, ‘A brahma-bandhu is not to be killed, but if he is an aggressor, he must be killed.’ ”
Quoting from the smṛti, Śrīla Śrīdhara Svāmī comments on this quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam:
ātatāyinam āyāntamapi vedānta-pāragam
jighāṁ santaṁ jighāṁsīyān
na tena brahma-hā bhavet
“ ‘An aggressor intent on killing may be a very learned scholar of Vedānta, yet he should be killed because of his envy in killing others. In such a case, it is not sinful to kill a brāhmaṇa.’ ”
It is also stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.57):
vapanaṁ draviṇādānaṁsthānān niryāpaṇaṁ tathā
eṣa hi brahma-bandhūnāṁ
vadho nānyo ’sti daihikaḥ
“Cutting the hair from his head, depriving him of his wealth and driving him from his residence are the prescribed punishments for a brahma-bandhu. There is no injunction for killing the body.”
As far as Ṣāṭhī, the daughter of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, was concerned, she was advised to give up her relationship with her husband. Concerning this, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.5.18) states, na patiś ca sa syān na mocayed yaḥ samupeta-mṛtyum: “One cannot be a husband if he cannot liberate his dependents from inevitable death.” If a person is not in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and is bereft of spiritual power, he cannot protect his wife from the path of repeated birth and death. Consequently such a person cannot be accepted as a husband. A wife should dedicate her life and everything to Kṛṣṇa for further advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If her husband abandons Kṛṣṇa consciousness and she gives up her connection with him, she follows in the footsteps of the dvija-patnīs, the wives of the brāhmaṇas who were engaged in performing sacrifices. The wife is not to be condemned for cutting off such a relationship. In this regard, Śrī Kṛṣṇa assures the dvija-patnīs in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.23.31-32):
patayo nābhyasūyeranpitṛ-bhrātṛ-sutādayaḥ
lokāś ca vo mayopetā
devā apy anumanvate
na prītaye ’nurāgāyahy aṅga-saṅgo nṛṇām iha
tan mano mayi yuñjānā
acirān mām avāpsyatha
“My dear dvija-patnīs, rest assured that your husbands will not neglect you on your return, nor will your brothers, sons or fathers refuse to accept you. Because you are My pure devotees, not only your relatives but also people in general, as well as the demigods, will be satisfied with you. Transcendental love for Me does not depend upon bodily connection, but anyone whose mind is always absorbed in Me will surely, very soon, come to Me for My eternal association.”
পতিঞ্চ পতিতং ত্যজেৎ ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
patiṁ ca patitaṁ tyajet

Synonyms

patimhusband; caand; patitamfallen; tyajetone should give up.

Translation

“ ‘When a husband is fallen, one’s relationship with him must be given up.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from the smṛti-śāstra. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.11.28):
santuṣṭālolupā dakṣādharma-jñā priya-satya-vāk
apramattā śuciḥ snigdhā
patiṁ tv apatitaṁ bhajet
“A wife who is satisfied, who is not greedy, who is expert and knows religious principles, who speaks what is dear and truthful and is not bewildered, and who is always clean and affectionate should be very much devoted to her husband if he is not fallen.”
সেই রাত্রে অমোঘ কাহাঁ পলাঞা গেল ।
প্রাতঃকালে তার বিসূচিকা-ব্যাধি হৈল ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
sei rātre amogha kāhāṅ palāñā gela
prātaḥ-kāle tāra visūcikā-vyādhi haila

Synonyms

sei rātrethat night; amoghathe son-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kāhāṅwhere; palāñā gelafled; prātaḥ-kālein the morning; tārahis; visūcikā-vyādhiinfection of cholera; hailathere was.

Translation

That night Amogha, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s son-in-law, fled, and in the morning he immediately fell sick with cholera.
অমোঘ মরেন — শুনি’ কহে ভট্টাচার্য ।
সহায় হইয়া দৈব কৈল মোর কার্য ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
amogha marena — śuni’ kahe bhaṭṭācārya
sahāya ha-iyā daiva kaila mora kārya

Synonyms

amogha marenaAmogha is dying; śuni’hearing; kahe bhaṭṭācāryathe Bhaṭṭācārya said; sahāya ha-iyāhelping; daivaProvidence; kailadid; moramy; kāryaduty.

Translation

When the Bhaṭṭācārya heard that Amogha was dying of cholera, he thought, “It is the favor of Providence that He is doing what I want to do.
ঈশ্বরে ত’ অপরাধ ফলে ততক্ষণ ।
এত বলি’ পড়ে দুই শাস্ত্রের বচন ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
īśvare ta’ aparādha phale tata-kṣaṇa
eta bali’ paḍe dui śāstrera vacana

Synonyms

īśvareunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ta’indeed; aparādhaoffense; phalebrings results; tata-kṣaṇaimmediately; eta bali’saying this; paḍerecites; duitwo; śāstrera vacanaquotations from the revealed scriptures.

Translation

“When one offends the Supreme Personality of Godhead, karma immediately takes effect.” After saying this, he recited two verses from the revealed scripture.
মহতা হি প্রযত্নেন হস্ত্যশ্বরথপত্তিভিঃ ।
অস্মাভির্যদনুষ্ঠেয়ং গন্ধর্বৈস্তদনুষ্ঠিতম্‌ ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
mahatā hi prayatnena
hasty-aśva-ratha-pattibhiḥ
asmābhir yad anuṣṭheyaṁ
gandharvais tad anuṣṭhitam

Synonyms

mahatāvery great; hicertainly; prayatnenaby endeavor; hastielephants; aśvahorses; rathachariots; pattibhiḥand by infantry soldiers; asmābhiḥby ourselves; yatwhatever; anuṣṭheyamhas to be arranged; gandharvaiḥby the Gandharvas; tatthat; anuṣṭhitamdone.

Translation

“ ‘What we have had to arrange with great endeavor by collecting elephants, horses, chariots and infantry soldiers has already been accomplished by the Gandharvas.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Mahābhārata (Vana-parva 241.15). Bhīmasena made this statement when all the Pāṇḍavas were living in exile in the forest. At that time there was a fight between the Kauravas and the Gandharvas. The Kaurava soldiers were under the command of Karṇa, but the commander-in-chief of the Gandharvas was able to arrest all the Kauravas by virtue of superior military strength. At that time Duryodhana’s ministers and commanders requested Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira to help. After being thus petitioned, Bhīmasena spoke the verse given above, remembering Duryodhana’s former nefarious and atrocious activities against them. Indeed, Bhīmasena felt it very fitting that Duryodhana and his company were arrested. This could have been accomplished by the Pāṇḍavas only with great endeavor.
আয়ুঃ শ্রিয়ং যশো ধর্মং লোকানাশিষ এব চ ।
হন্তি শ্রেয়াংসি সর্বাণি পুংসো মহদতিক্রমঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥
āyuḥ śriyaṁ yaśo dharmaṁ
lokān āśiṣa eva ca
hanti śreyāṁsi sarvāṇi
puṁso mahad-atikramaḥ

Synonyms

āyuḥduration of life; śriyamopulence; yaśaḥreputation; dharmamreligion; lokānpossessions; āśiṣaḥbenedictions; evacertainly; caand; hantidestroys; śreyāṁsigood fortune; sarvāṇiall; puṁsaḥof a person; mahatof great souls; atikramaḥviolation.

Translation

“ ‘When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation, religion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.’

Purport

This statement (Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.4.46) was made by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit. This quotation concerns the attempted killing of Kṛṣṇa’s sister (Yogamāyā), who appeared before Kṛṣṇa’s birth as the daughter of mother Yaśodā. This daughter Yogamāyā and Kṛṣṇa were born simultaneously, and Vasudeva replaced Yogamāyā with Kṛṣṇa and took Yogamāyā away. When she was brought to Mathurā and Kaṁsa attempted to kill her, Yogamāyā slipped out of his hands. She could not be killed. She then informed Kaṁsa about the birth of his enemy, Kṛṣṇa, and being thus baffled, Kaṁsa consulted his associates, who were all demons. When this big conspiracy was taking place, this verse was spoken by Śukadeva Gosvāmī. He points out that a demon can lose everything because of his nefarious activities.
The word mahad-atikrama, meaning “envy of Lord Viṣṇu and His devotees,” is significant in this verse. The word mahat indicates a great personality, a devotee or the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. Being always engaged in the Lord’s service, the devotees themselves are as great as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The word mahat is also explained by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.13):
mahātmānas tu māṁ pārthadaivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ
bhajanty ananya-manaso
jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam
“O son of Pṛthā, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.”
Being envious of the Lord and His devotees is not at all auspicious for a demon. By such envy, a demon loses everything considered beneficial.
গোপীনাথাচার্য গেলা প্রভু-দরশনে ।
প্রভু তাঁরে পুছিল ভট্টাচার্য-বিবরণে ॥ ২৭১ ॥
gopīnāthācārya gelā prabhu-daraśane
prabhu tāṅre puchila bhaṭṭācārya-vivaraṇe

Synonyms

gopīnāthācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; gelāwent; prabhu-daraśaneto see Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto Him; puchilainquired; bhaṭṭācārya-vivaraṇethe affairs in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.

Translation

At this time, Gopīnātha Ācārya went to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and the Lord asked him about the events taking place in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house.
আচার্য কহে, — উপবাস কৈল দুই জন ।
বিসূচিকা-ব্যাধিতে অমোঘ ছাড়িছে জীবন ॥ ২৭২ ॥
ācārya kahe, — upavāsa kaila dui jana
visūcikā-vyādhite amogha chāḍiche jīvana

Synonyms

ācārya kaheGopīnātha Ācārya informed; upavāsafasting; kailaobserved; dui janathe two persons; visūcikā-vyādhiteby the disease of cholera; amoghaAmogha; chāḍiche jīvanais going to die.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya informed the Lord that both the husband and the wife were fasting and that their son-in-law, Amogha, was dying of cholera.
শুনি’ কৃপাময় প্রভু আইলা ধাঞা ।
অমোঘেরে কহে তার বুকে হস্ত দিয়া ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
śuni’ kṛpāmaya prabhu āilā dhāñā
amoghere kahe tāra buke hasta diyā

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; kṛpā-mayamerciful; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilācame; dhāñārunning; amoghereunto Amogha; kaheHe says; tārahis; bukeon the chest; hasta diyākeeping His hand.

Translation

As soon as Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard that Amogha was going to die, He immediately ran to him in great haste. Placing His hand on Amogha’s chest, He spoke as follows.
সহজে নির্মল এই ‘ব্রাহ্মণ’-হৃদয় ।
কৃষ্ণের বসিতে এই যোগ্যস্থান হয় ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
sahaje nirmala ei ‘brāhmaṇa’-hṛdaya
kṛṣṇera vasite ei yogya-sthāna haya

Synonyms

sahajeby nature; nirmalawithout contamination; eithis; brāhmaṇa-hṛdayaheart of a brāhmaṇa; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; vasiteto sit down; eithis; yogya-sthānaproper place; hayais.

Translation

“The heart of a brāhmaṇa is by nature very clean; therefore it is a proper place for Kṛṣṇa to sit.
‘মাৎসর্য’-চণ্ডাল কেনে ইহাঁ বসাইলে ।
পরম পবিত্র স্থান অপবিত্র কৈলে ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
‘mātsarya’-caṇḍāla kene ihāṅ vasāile
parama pavitra sthāna apavitra kaile

Synonyms

mātsaryajealousy; caṇḍālathe lowest of men; kenewhy; ihāṅhere; vasāileyou allowed to sit; parama pavitramost purified; sthānaplace; apavitraimpure; kaileyou have made.

Translation

“Why have you allowed the caṇḍāla of jealousy to sit here also? In this way you have contaminated a most purified place, your heart.
সার্বভৌম-সঙ্গে তোমার ‘কলুষ’ হৈল ক্ষয় ।
‘কল্মষ’ ঘুচিলে জীব ‘কৃষ্ণনাম’ লয় ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
sārvabhauma-saṅge tomāra ‘kaluṣa’ haila kṣaya
‘kalmaṣa’ ghucile jīva ‘kṛṣṇa-nāma’ laya

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-saṅgeby the association of Sārvabhauma; tomārayour; kaluṣacontamination; haila kṣayais now vanquished; kalmaṣacontamination; ghucilewhen dispelled; jīvathe living entity; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; layacan chant.

Translation

“However, due to the association of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, all your contamination is now vanquished. When a person’s heart is cleansed of all contamination, he is able to chant the mahā-mantra, Hare Kṛṣṇa.
উঠহ, অমোঘ, তুমি লও কৃষ্ণনাম ।
অচিরে তোমারে কৃপা করিবে ভগবান্‌ ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
uṭhaha, amogha, tumi lao kṛṣṇa-nāma
acire tomāre kṛpā karibe bhagavān

Synonyms

uṭhahaget up; amoghaAmogha; tumiyou; laochant; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; acirevery soon; tomāreunto you; kṛpāmercy; karibewill bestow; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“Therefore, Amogha, get up and chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra! If you do so, Kṛṣṇa will unfailingly bestow mercy upon you.”

Purport

The Absolute Truth is realized in three phases — impersonal Brahman, Paramātmā and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Bhagavān. All of these are one and the same truth, but Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān constitute three different features. Whoever understands Brahman is called a brāhmaṇa, and when a brāhmaṇa engages in the Lord’s devotional service, he is called a Vaiṣṇava. Unless one comes to understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his realization of impersonal Brahman is imperfect. A brāhmaṇa can chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra on the platform of nāmābhāsa, but not on the platform of pure vibration. When a brāhmaṇa engages in the Lord’s service, fully understanding his eternal relationship, his devotional service is called abhidheya. When one attains that stage, he is called a bhāgavata, or Vaiṣṇava. This indicates that he is free from contamination and material attachment. Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.28):
yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁjanānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām
te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā
bhajante māṁ dṛḍha-vratāḥ
“Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the duality of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.”
A brāhmaṇa may be a very learned scholar, but this does not mean that he is free from material contamination. A brāhmaṇa’s contamination, however, is in the mode of goodness. In the material world, the three modes are goodness, passion and ignorance, and all of these are simply different gradations of contamination. Unless a brāhmaṇa transcends such contamination and approaches the platform of unalloyed devotional service, he cannot be accepted as a Vaiṣṇava. An impersonalist may be aware of the impersonal Brahman feature of the Absolute Truth, but his activities are on the impersonal platform. Sometimes he imagines a form of the Lord (saguṇa-upāsanā), but such an attempt is never successful in helping one attain complete realization. The impersonalist may consider himself a brāhmaṇa and may be situated in the mode of goodness, but nonetheless he is conditioned by one of the modes of material nature. This means that he is not yet liberated, for liberation cannot be attained unless one is completely free from the modes. In any case, the Māyāvāda philosophy keeps one conditioned. If one becomes a Vaiṣṇava through proper initiation, he automatically becomes a brāhmaṇa. There is no doubt about it. The Garuḍa Purāṇa confirms this:
brāhmaṇānāṁ sahasrebhyaḥsatra-yājī viśiṣyate
satra-yāji-sahasrebhyaḥ
sarva-vedānta-pāragaḥ
sarva-vedānta-vit-koṭyā
viṣṇu-bhakto viśiṣyate
“Out of many thousands of brāhmaṇas, one may become qualified to perform yajña. Out of many thousands of such qualified brāhmaṇas, one may be fully aware of the Vedānta philosophy. Out of many millions of learned Vedānta scholars, there may be one viṣṇu-bhakta, or devotee of Lord Viṣṇu. It is he who is most exalted.”
Unless one is a fully qualified brāhmaṇa, he cannot advance in the spiritual science. A real brāhmaṇa is never envious of Vaiṣṇavas. If he is, he is considered an imperfect neophyte. Impersonalist brāhmaṇas are always opposed to Vaiṣṇava principles. They are envious of Vaiṣṇavas because they do not know the goal of life. Na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇum. However, when a brāhmaṇa becomes a Vaiṣṇava, there is no duality. If a brāhmaṇa does not become a Vaiṣṇava, he certainly falls down from the brāhmaṇa platform. This is confirmed by Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.3): na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ.
We can actually see that in this Age of Kali many so-called brāhmaṇas are envious of Vaiṣṇavas. The Kali-contaminated brāhmaṇas consider Deity worship to be imaginative: arcye viṣṇau śilā-dhīr guruṣu nara-matir vaiṣṇave jāti-buddhiḥ. Such a contaminated brāhmaṇa may superficially imagine a form of the Lord, but actually he considers the Deity in the temple to be made of stone or wood. Similarly, such a contaminated brāhmaṇa considers the guru to be an ordinary human being, and he objects when a Vaiṣṇava is created by the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Many so-called brāhmaṇas attempt to fight us, saying, “How can you create a brāhmaṇa out of a European or American? A brāhmaṇa can be born only in a brāhmaṇa family.” They do not consider that this is never stated in any revealed scripture. Lord Kṛṣṇa specifically states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.13), cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ: “According to the three modes of material nature and the work associated with them, the four divisions of human society are created by Me.”
Thus a brāhmaṇa is not a result of the caste system. He becomes a brāhmaṇa only by qualification. Similarly, a Vaiṣṇava does not belong to a particular caste; rather, his designation is determined by the rendering of devotional service.
শুনি’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ বলি’ অমোঘ উঠিলা ।
প্রেমোন্মাদে মত্ত হঞা নাচিতে লাগিলা ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
śuni’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ bali’ amogha uṭhilā
premonmāde matta hañā nācite lāgilā

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇathe holy name of Kṛṣṇa; bali’speaking; amogha uṭhilāAmogha stood up; premonmādein ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa; matta hañābecoming maddened; nācite lāgilābegan to dance.

Translation

After hearing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and being touched by Him, Amogha, who was on his deathbed, immediately stood up and began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Thus he became mad with ecstatic love and began to dance emotionally.
কম্প, অশ্রু, পুলক, স্তম্ভ, স্বেদ, স্বরভঙ্গ ।
প্রভু হাসে দেখি’ তার প্রেমের তরঙ্গ ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
kampa, aśru, pulaka, stambha, sveda, svara-bhaṅga
prabhu hāse dekhi’ tāra premera taraṅga

Synonyms

kampatrembling; aśrutears; pulakajubilation; stambhabeing stunned; svedaperspiration; svara-bhaṅgafaltering of the voice; prabhu hāseŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to laugh; dekhi’seeing; tāraAmogha’s; premera taraṅgawaves of ecstatic love.

Translation

While Amogha danced in ecstatic love, he manifested all the ecstatic symptoms — trembling, tears, jubilation, trance, perspiration and a faltering voice. Seeing these waves of ecstatic emotion, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began to laugh.
প্রভুর চরণে ধরি’ করয়ে বিনয় ।
অপরাধ ক্ষম মোরে, প্রভু, দয়াময় ॥ ২৮০ ॥
prabhura caraṇe dhari’ karaye vinaya
aparādha kṣama more, prabhu, dayāmaya

Synonyms

prabhura caraṇethe lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhari’catching; karayedoes; vinayasubmission; aparādhaoffense; kṣamakindly excuse; moreme; prabhuO Lord; dayā-mayamerciful.

Translation

Amogha then fell before the Lord’s lotus feet and submissively said, “O merciful Lord, please excuse my offense.”

এই ছার মুখে তোমার করিনু নিন্দনে ।
এত বলি’ আপন গালে চড়ায় আপনে ॥ ২৮১ ॥

ei chāra mukhe tomāra karinu nindane
eta bali’ āpana gāle caḍāya āpane

Synonyms

ei chāra mukhein this abominable mouth; tomāraYour; karinuI did; nindaneblaspheming; eta bali’saying this; āpanahis own; gālecheeks; caḍāyahe slapped; āpanehimself.

Translation

Not only did Amogha beg the Lord’s pardon, but he also began slapping his own cheeks, saying, “By this mouth I have blasphemed You.”
চড়াইতে চড়াইতে গাল ফুলাইল ।
হাতে ধরি’ গোপীনাথাচার্য নিষেধিল ॥ ২৮২ ॥
caḍāite caḍāite gāla phulāila
hāte dhari’ gopīnāthācārya niṣedhila

Synonyms

caḍāite caḍāiteslapping over and over again; gālathe cheeks; phulāilahe made them swollen; hāte dhari’catching his hands; gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; niṣedhilaforbade.

Translation

Indeed, Amogha continued slapping his face over and over until his cheeks were swollen. Finally Gopīnātha Ācārya stopped him by catching hold of his hands.
প্রভু আশ্বাসন করে স্পর্শি’ তার গাত্র ।
সার্বভৌম-সম্বন্ধে তুমি মোর স্নেহপাত্র ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
prabhu āśvāsana kare sparśi’ tāra gātra
sārvabhauma-sambandhe tumi mora sneha-pātra

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āśvāsana karepacifies; sparśi’touching; tārahis; gātrabody; sārvabhauma-sambandhebecause of a relation to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; tumiyou; moraMy; sneha-pātraobject of affection.

Translation

After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pacified Amogha by touching his body and saying, “You are the object of My affection because you are the son-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
সার্বভৌম-গৃহে দাস-দাসী, যে কুক্কুর ।
সেহ মোর প্রিয়, অন্য জন রহু দূর ॥ ২৮৪ ॥
sārvabhauma-gṛhe dāsa-dāsī, ye kukkura
seha mora priya, anya jana rahu dūra

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-gṛheat the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; dāsa-dāsīservants and maidservants; ye kukkuraeven a dog; sehaall of them; morato Me; priyavery dear; anya janaothers; rahu dūrawhat to speak of.

Translation

“Everyone in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house is very dear to Me, including his maids and servants and even his dog. And what to speak of his relatives?
অপরাধ’ নাহি, সদা লও কৃষ্ণনাম ।
এত বলি’ প্রভু আইলা সার্বভৌম-স্থান ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
aparādha’ nāhi, sadā lao kṛṣṇa-nāma
eta bali’ prabhu āilā sārvabhauma-sthāna

Synonyms

aparādha’ nāhido not commit offenses; sadāalways; laochant; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; eta bali’saying this; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilācame; sārvabhauma-sthānato the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.

Translation

“Amogha, always chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and do not commit any further offenses.” After giving Amogha this instruction, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Sārvabhauma’s house.
প্রভু দেখি’ সার্বভৌম ধরিলা চরণে ।
প্রভু তাঁরে আলিঙ্গিয়া বসিলা আসনে ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
prabhu dekhi’ sārvabhauma dharilā caraṇe
prabhu tāṅre āliṅgiyā vasilā āsane

Synonyms

prabhu dekhi’seeing Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; dharilā caraṇecaught hold of His feet; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrehim; āliṅgiyāembracing; vasilā āsanesat down on the seat.

Translation

Upon seeing the Lord, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya immediately caught hold of His lotus feet. The Lord embraced him and then sat down.
প্রভু কহে, — অমোঘ শিশু, কিবা তার দোষ ।
কেনে উপবাস কর, কেনে কর রোষ ॥ ২৮৭ ॥
prabhu kahe, — amogha śiśu, kibā tāra doṣa
kene upavāsa kara, kene kara roṣa

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; amogha śiśuAmogha is a child; kibāwhat; tāra doṣahis fault; kenewhy; upavāsa karaare you fasting; kenewhy; kara roṣaare you angry.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pacified Sārvabhauma, saying, “After all, Amogha, your son-in-law, is a child. So what is his fault? Why are you fasting, and why are you angry?
উঠ, স্নান কর, দেখ জগন্নাথ-মুখ ।
শীঘ্র আসি, ভোজন কর, তবে মোর সুখ ॥ ২৮৮ ॥
uṭha, snāna kara, dekha jagannātha-mukha
śīghra āsi, bhojana kara, tabe mora sukha

Synonyms

uṭhaget up; snāna karatake your bath; dekhasee; jagannātha-mukhaLord Jagannātha’s face; śīghra āsicoming back very soon; bhojana karatake your lunch; tabe mora sukhathen I shall be very happy.

Translation

“Just get up and take your bath and go see the face of Lord Jagannātha. Then return here to eat your lunch. In this way I shall be happy.
তাবৎ রহিব আমি এথায় বসিয়া ।
যাবৎ না খাইবে তুমি প্রসাদ আসিয়া ॥ ২৮৯ ॥
tāvat rahiba āmi ethāya vasiyā
yāvat nā khāibe tumi prasāda āsiyā

Synonyms

tāvatas long as; rahibashall stay; āmiI; ethāyahere; vasiyāsitting; yāvatas long as; khāibewill not eat; tumiyou; prasādaremnants of the food of Jagannātha; āsiyācoming here.

Translation

“I shall stay here until you return to take Lord Jagannātha’s remnants for your lunch.”
প্রভু-পদ ধরি’ ভট্ট কহিতে লাগিলা ।
মরিত’ অমোঘ, তারে কেনে জীয়াইলা ॥ ২৯০ ॥
prabhu-pada dhari’ bhaṭṭa kahite lāgilā
marita’ amogha, tāre kene jīyāilā

Synonyms

prabhu-padaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet; dhari’catching hold of; bhaṭṭaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kahite lāgilābegan to speak; marita’ amoghaAmogha would have died; tārehim; kenewhy; jīyāilāhave You brought to life.

Translation

Catching hold of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet, the Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Why did You bring Amogha back to life? It would have been better had he died.”
প্রভু কহে, — অমোঘ শিশু, তোমার বালক ।
বালক-দোষ না লয় পিতা, তাহাতে পালক ॥ ২৯১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — amogha śiśu, tomāra bālaka
bālaka-doṣa nā laya pitā, tāhāte pālaka

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; amogha śiśuAmogha is a child; tomāra bālakayour son; bālaka-doṣathe offense of a child; layadoes not accept; pitāthe father; tāhāteunto him; pālakathe maintainer.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Amogha is a child and your son. The father does not take the faults of his son seriously, especially when he is maintaining him.
এবে ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হৈল, তার গেল ‘অপরাধ’ ।
তাহার উপরে এবে করহ প্রসাদ ॥ ২৯২ ॥
ebe ‘vaiṣṇava’ haila, tāra gela ‘aparādha’
tāhāra upare ebe karaha prasāda

Synonyms

ebenow; vaiṣṇava hailahas become a Vaiṣṇava; tārahis; gelawent away; aparādhaoffenses; tāhāra upareupon him; ebenow; karaha prasādashow mercy.

Translation

“Now that he has become a Vaiṣṇava, he is offenseless. You can bestow your mercy upon him without hesitation.”
ভট্ট কহে, — চল, প্রভু, ঈশ্বর-দরশনে ।
স্নান করি’ তাঁহা মুঞি আসিছোঁ এখনে ॥ ২৯৩ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, — cala, prabhu, īśvara-daraśane
snāna kari’ tāṅhā muñi āsichoṅ ekhane

Synonyms

bhaṭṭa kahethe Bhaṭṭācārya said; calago; prabhumy Lord; īśvara-daraśaneto see Lord Jagannātha, the Personality of Godhead; snāna kari’taking my bath; tāṅhāthere; muñiI; āsichoṅshall come back; ekhanehere.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Please go, my Lord, to see Lord Jagannātha. After taking my bath, I shall go there and then return.”
প্রভু কহে, — গোপীনাথ, ইহাঞি রহিবা ।
ইঁহো প্রসাদ পাইলে, বার্তা আমাকে কহিবা ॥ ২৯৪ ॥
prabhu kahe, — gopīnātha, ihāñi rahibā
iṅho prasāda pāile, vārtā āmāke kahibā

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; gopīnāthaGopīnātha; ihāñi rahibāplease stay here; iṅhoSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; prasāda pāilewhen he takes his lunch; vārtāthe news; āmāke kahibāinform Me.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then told Gopīnātha, “Stay here and inform Me when Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya has taken his prasādam.”
এত বলি’ প্রভু গেলা ঈশ্বর-দরশনে ।
ভট্ট স্নান দর্শন করি’ করিলা ভোজনে ॥ ২৯৫ ॥
eta bali’ prabhu gelā īśvara-daraśane
bhaṭṭa snāna darśana kari’ karilā bhojane

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gelāwent; īśvara-daraśaneto see Lord Jagannātha; bhaṭṭaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; snāna darśana kari’finishing his bathing and seeing of Lord Jagannātha; karilā bhojaneaccepted food.

Translation

After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to see Lord Jagannātha. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya completed his bath, went to see Lord Jagannātha and then returned to his house to accept food.
সেই অমোঘ হৈল প্রভুর ভক্ত ‘একান্ত’ ।
প্রেমে নাচে, কৃষ্ণনাম লয় মহাশান্ত ॥ ২৯৬ ॥
sei amogha haila prabhura bhakta ‘ekānta’
preme nāce, kṛṣṇa-nāma laya mahā-śānta

Synonyms

sei amoghathat same Amogha; hailabecame; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhaktadevotee; ekāntaunflinching; preme nācedances in ecstasy; kṛṣṇa-nāma layachants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; mahā-śāntavery peaceful.

Translation

Thereafter, Amogha became an unalloyed devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He danced in ecstasy and peacefully chanted the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
ঐছে চিত্র-লীলা করে শচীর নন্দন ।
যেই দেখে, শুনে, তাঁর বিস্ময় হয় মন ॥ ২৯৭ ॥
aiche citra-līlā kare śacīra nandana
yei dekhe, śune, tāṅra vismaya haya mana

Synonyms

aichein this way; citra-līlāvarieties of pastimes; kareperforms; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī; yei dekheanyone who sees; śunehears; tāṅrahis; vismayaastonished; hayabecomes; manamind.

Translation

In this way, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu performed His various pastimes. Whoever sees them or hears them recounted becomes truly astonished.
ঐছে ভট্ট-গৃহে করে ভোজন-বিলাস ।
তার মধ্যে নানা চিত্র-চরিত্র-প্রকাশ ॥ ২৯৮ ॥
aiche bhaṭṭa-gṛhe kare bhojana-vilāsa
tāra madhye nānā citra-caritra-prakāśa

Synonyms

aichein this way; bhaṭṭa-gṛhein the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; kareperforms; bhojana-vilāsapastime of eating; tāra madhyewithin that pastime; nānāvarious; citra-caritraof varieties of activities; prakāśamanifestation.

Translation

Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu enjoyed eating in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house. Within that one pastime, many wonderful pastimes were manifested.
সার্বভৌম-ঘরে এই ভোজন-চরিত ।
সার্বভৌম-প্রেম যাঁহা হইলা বিদিত ॥ ২৯৯ ॥
sārvabhauma-ghare ei bhojana-carita
sārvabhauma-prema yāṅhā ha-ilā vidita

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-gharein the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; eithese; bhojana-caritaeating affairs; sārvabhauma-premalove of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; yāṅhāwhere; ha-ilābecame; viditawell known.

Translation

These are the peculiar characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes. Thus the Lord ate in Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house, and in this way Sārvabhauma’s love for the Lord has become very well known.

Purport

As stated in the Śākhā-nirṇayāmṛta:
amogha-paṇḍitaṁ vandeśrī-gaureṇātma-sātkṛtam
prema-gadgada-sāndrāṅgaṁ
pulakākula-vigraham
“I offer my obeisances unto Amogha Paṇḍita, who was accepted by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. As a result of this acceptance, he was always merged in ecstatic love, and he manifested ecstatic symptoms such as choking of the voice and standing of the hairs on his body.”
ষাঠীর মাতার প্রেম, আর প্রভুর প্রসাদ ।
ভক্ত-সম্বন্ধে যাহা ক্ষমিল অপরাধ ॥ ৩০০ ॥
ṣāṭhīra mātāra prema, āra prabhura prasāda
bhakta-sambandhe yāhā kṣamila aparādha

Synonyms

ṣāṭhīra mātāra premathe love of the mother of Ṣāṭhī; āraand; prabhura prasādathe mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakta-sambandhebecause of a relationship with a devotee; yāhāwhere; kṣamila aparādhaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu excused the offense.

Translation

Thus I have related the ecstatic love of Sārvabhauma’s wife, who is known as the mother of Ṣāṭhī. I have also related Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s great mercy, which He manifested by excusing Amogha’s offense. He did so due to Amogha’s relationship with a devotee.

Purport

Amogha was an offender because he blasphemed the Lord. As a result, he was about to die of cholera. Amogha did not receive an opportunity to be freed from all offenses after being attacked by the disease, but Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and his wife were very dear to the Lord. Because of their relationship, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu excused Amogha. Instead of being punished by the Lord, he was saved by the Lord’s mercy. All this was due to the unflinching love of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya for Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Externally, Amogha was Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s son-in-law, and he was being maintained by Sārvabhauma. Consequently if Amogha were not excused, his punishment would have directly affected Sārvabhauma. Amogha’s death would have indirectly brought about the death of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.
শ্রদ্ধা করি’ এই লীলা শুনে যেই জন ।
অচিরাৎ পায় সেই চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ৩০১ ॥
śraddhā kari’ ei līlā śune yei jana
acirāt pāya sei caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

śraddhā kari’with faith and love; ei līlāthis pastime; śunehears; yei janawhoever; acirātvery soon; pāyaattains; seihe; caitanya-caraṇathe lotus feet of Lord Caitanya.

Translation

Whoever hears these pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with faith and love will attain the shelter of the Lord’s lotus feet very soon.
শ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৩০২ ॥
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpaŚrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; raghunāthaŚrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; padeat the lotus feet; yārawhose; āśaexpectation; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahedescribes; kṛṣṇadāsaŚrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, fifteenth chapter, describing the Lord’s eating at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya.